foreword - international mr2 owners club diagrams/1993 mr2 wiring diagram.pdf · foreword this...
TRANSCRIPT
FOREWORD
This wiring diagram has been prepared to provide informationon the electrical system of the 1993 TOYOTA MR2.
Applicable models: SW20, 21 Series
For service specifications and repair procedures of the abovemodels other than those listed in this manual, refer to thefollowing manuals;
Manual Name Pub. No.
1993 MR2 Repair ManualVolume 1Volume 2
1993 MR2 New Car FeaturesSupplement
RM285U1RM285U2
NCF083U
All information in this manual is based on the latest productinformation at the time of publication. However, specificationsand procedures are subject to change without notice.
TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
Servicing vehicles with an SRS AIRBAG (referred to as the airbag in theremainder of this manual) installed.When handling airbag components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.),always follow the directions given in the repair manuals listed above toprevent the occurrence of accidents and airbag malfunction.
NOTICE
2
INTRODUCTION
This manual consists of the following 11 sections:
No. Section Description
A
INDEX Index of the contents of this manual.
A
INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section.
B HOW TO USETHIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual.
C TROUBLE–SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.
D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.
EGLOSSARY OFTERMS ANDSYMBOLS
Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.
F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
G ELECTRICALWIRING ROUTING
Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc.This section is closely related to the system circuit.
H POWER SOURCE(Current Flow Chart)
Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electricalloads.
INDEX Index of the system circuits.
I
SYSTEM CIRCUITS
Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply throughground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown andclassified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to thesection, “How to use this manual”).The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are alsocontained in this section.
J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.
K OVERALLWIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.
3
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles bydividing them into each system circuit.
The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power sourceis received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shownwith the switches in the OFF position.)
When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit wherethe problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplyingpower to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see GroundPoints section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation.
When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuitto isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to findeach part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiringharness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internalwiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connectionwithin a junction block.Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagramat the end of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to theactual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
4
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
5
: System Title
: Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and onlythe Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from theJ/B.
Example: Indicates Relay Block No. 1.
: Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (thenumeral indicates the pin No.)
Explanation of pin use.
The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or onlyinclude those in the specification.
: Connector Color
Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.
: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector,etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, orspecification is different.
: Indicates related system.
: Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harnessconnector. The wiring harness with male terminal isshown with arrows ( ).
Outside numerals are pin numbers.
The first letter of the code for each wiring harness andwiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’slocation, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for theInstrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for theBody and Surrounding area.
When more than one code has the first and secondletters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2),this indicates the same type of wiring harness andwiring harness connector.
: Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). Thecode is the same as the code used in parts position.
: Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No.and the connector code is shown beside it). JunctionBlocks are shaded to clearly separate them from otherparts (different junction blocks are shaded differently forfurther clarification).
3B indicatesthat it is insideJunction BlockNo. 3.
Example:
: Indicates the wiring color.
Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code.
B = Black L = Blue R = Red
BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet
G = Green O = Orange W = White
GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow
The first letter indicates the basic wire color and thesecond letter indicates the color of the stripe.
Example: L – Y
(Blue) (Yellow)
: Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for theEngine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” forthe Body).
Example:
The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by theshaded section.
: Page No.
: Indicates a shielded cable.
: Indicates a ground point.
The first letter of the code for each ground point(s)indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for theEngine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel andSurrounding area, and “B” for the Body andSurrounding area.
: Indicates the pin number of the connector.
The numbering system is different for female and maleconnectors.
Example: Numbered in orderfrom upper left tolower right
Numbered in orderfrom upper right tolower left
: When 2 parts both use one connector in common, theparts connector name used in the wire routing sectionis shown in square brackets [ ].
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
6
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAYAND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOWCONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAYFLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILLPOINT.
(FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW
ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND.THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW.
THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENTBETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY.
3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW
HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOWSTOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION
HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OFTHE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR ISSTOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE.
SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION.
(FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED).
P 2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY
3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION
8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION
9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION
P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW
4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SW
OPEN WITH THE WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
P 2 21 P 4 21 P 6 21
P 3 21 P 5 21 21
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 16 R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B 14 J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINT LOCATION
IC 24 COWL LEFT
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 5 24 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
7
: Explains the system outline.
: Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit.
Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual.
* The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its orderin parts starting with that letter.
Part is 4th in orderPower Window Master SW
Example: P 4
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in thesystem circuit.
Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of theinstrument panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the systemcircuit.
Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of thismanual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side.
: Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the femalewiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness).
Example: Connector “ID1” connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It isdescribed on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle.
Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side.
: Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle.
Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, CircuitBreaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages shown the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
POWER SOURCE
8
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers)transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system areexplained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.
* The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.
GROUND POINT
9
The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. Whentroubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify theproblem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also bechecked this way.
10
TROUBLESHOOTING
VOLTAGE CHECK(a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the
check point.
Example:– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off)
(b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a goodground point or negative battery terminal, and thepositive lead to the connector or component terminal.This check can be done with a test light instead of avoltmeter.
CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK(a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no
voltage between the check points.(b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the
check points.
If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and checkagain.When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive sideand the positive lead to the negative side, there should becontinuity.When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be nocontinuity.
(c) Use the volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/Vminimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit.
11
FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the
fuse.(b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse.(c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on.Example:
– Ignition SW on– Ignition SW and SW 1 on– Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the
Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2)(d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while
watching the test light.The short lies between the connector where the testlight stays lit and the connector where the light goesout.
(e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shakingthe problem wire along the body.
CAUTION:Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unlessabsolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched,the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.)
DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALECONNECTORSTo pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not thewire harness.
HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnectingbefore pulling apart.
12
TROUBLESHOOTING
HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL(with terminal retainer or secondary lockingdevice)1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL
HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, pleaseconstruct and use the special tool or like object shownon the left.
2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR
3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE ORTERMINAL RETAINER.(a) Locking device must be disengaged before the
terminal locking clip can be released and the terminalremoved from the connector.
(b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock thesecondary locking device or terminal retainer.
NOTICE:Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.
For Non–Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: The needle insertion position varies accordingto the connector’s shape (number of terminalsetc.), so check the position before inserting it.
“Case 1”Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
“Case 2”Open the secondary locking device.
13
For Waterproof Type Connector
HINT: Terminal retainer color is differentaccording to connector body.
Example:Terminal Retainer: Connector BodyBlack or White : GrayBlack or White : Dark GrayGray or White : Black
“Case 1”Type where terminal retainer is pulled upto the temporary lock position (Pull Type).Insert the special tool into the terminalretainer access hole ( Mark) and pullthe terminal retainer up to the temporarylock position.
HINT: The needle insertion position variesaccording to the connector’s shape(Number of terminals etc.), so check theposition before inserting it.
“Case 2”Type which cannot be pulled as far asPower Lock.
14
TROUBLESHOOTING
Insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminalretainer as shown.Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lockposition.
(c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull theterminal out from rear.
4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR(a) Insert the terminal.
HINT:1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly.2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly.3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the
temporary lock position.
(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainerin to the full lock position.
5. CONNECT CONNECTOR
15
ABBREVIATIONS
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.
A/C = Air ConditioningA/T = Automatic TransmissionABS = Anti–Lock Brake SystemACS = Air Conditioning SensorAFC = Air Flow SensorCOMB. = CombinationDLC = Data Link ConnectorECT = Electronic Controlled TransmissionECTS = Engine Coolant Temperature SensorECU = Electronic Control UnitEFI = Electronic Fuel InjectionEGR = Exhaust Gas RecirculationEGRS = EGR Function SensorEx. = ExceptFL = Fusible LinkHO2S = Heated Oxygen SensorIACV = Intake Air Control ValveIATS = Intake Air Temperature SensorISC = Idle Speed ControlJ/B = Junction BlockLH = Left-HandM/T = Manual TransmissionMAP = Manifold Absolute Pressure SensorMPI = Multiport Electronic Fuel InjectionO/D = OverdrivePCM = Powertrain Control ModulePNC = Park/Neutral SwitchPTCS = Powertrain Control SignalsPTIS = Powertrain Input SignalsR/B = Relay BlockRH = Right–HandSMPI = Sequential Multiport Electronic Fuel InjectionSRS = Supplemental Restraint SystemSW = SwitchTEMP. = TemperatureVSPG = Vehicle Speed Pulse GeneratorVSS = Vehicle Speed SensorVSV = Vacuum Switching Valvew/ = Withw/o = Without
* The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) andare not treated as being abbreviations.
METER, ANALOGCurrent flow activates a magneticcoil which causes a needle tomove, thereby providing a relativedisplay against a backgroundcalibration.
LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE)Upon current flow, these diodesemit light without producing theheat of a comparable light.
IGNITION COILConverts low–voltage DC currentinto high–voltage ignition currentfor firing the spark plugs.
1. SINGLEFILAMENT
GROUNDThe point at which wiring attachesto the Body, thereby providing areturn path for an electrical circuit;without a ground, current cannotflow.
Current flow causes a headlightfilament to heat up and emit light.A headlight may have either asingle (1) filament or a double (2)filament.
BATTERYStores chemical energy andconverts it into electrical energy.Provides DC current for the auto’svarious electrical circuits.
CAPACITOR (Condenser)A small holding unit for temporarystorage of electrical voltage.
CIRCUIT BREAKERBasically a reusable fuse, a circuitbreaker will heat and open if toomuch current flows through it. Someunits automatically reset when cool,others must be manually reset.
DIODEA semiconductor which allowscurrent flow in only one direction.
DIODE, ZENERA diode which allows current flowin one direction but blocks reverseflow only up to a specific voltage.Above that potential, it passes theexcess voltage. This acts as asimple voltage regulator.
FUSEA thin metal strip which burnsthrough when too much currentflows through it, thereby stoppingcurrent flow and protecting acircuit from damage.
FUSIBLE LINKA heavy–gauge wire placed inhigh amperage circuits whichburns through on overloads,thereby protecting the circuit.
HORNAn electric device which sounds aloud audible signal.
LIGHTCurrent flow through a filamentcauses the filament to heat upand emit light.
METER, DIGITALCurrent flow activates one ormany LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescentdisplays, which provide a relativeor digital display.
MOTORA power unit which convertselectrical energy into mechanicalenergy, especially rotary motion.
CIGARETTE LIGHTERAn electric resistance heatingelement.
DISTRIBUTOR, IIAChannels high–voltage currentfrom the ignition coil to theindividual spark plugs.
2. DOUBLEFILAMENT
HEADLIGHTS
FUEL
(for High Current Fuse orFusible Link.)
(for Medium Current Fuse)
M
16
GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS
17
1. NORMALLYOPEN
Opens andcloses circuits,therebystopping (1) orallowing (2)current flow.
RESISTORAn electrical component with afixed resistance, placed in a circuitto reduce voltage to a specificvalue.
RESISTOR, TAPPEDA resistor which supplies two ormore different non–adjustableresistance values.
SENSOR (Thermistor)A resistor which varies itsresistance with temperature.
SHORT PINUsed to provide an unbrokenconnection within a junction block.
SOLENOIDAn electromagnetic coil whichforms a magnetic field whencurrent flows, to move a plunger,etc.
SWITCH, DOUBLE THROWA switch which continuouslypasses current through one setof contacts or the other.
SWITCH,IGNITION
A key operated switch withseveral positions which allowvarious circuits. Particularly theprimary ignition circuit, tobecome operational.
Wires are alwaysdrawn as straight lineson wiring diagrams.Crossed wires (1)without a black dot atthe junction are notjoined; crossed wires(2) with a black dot oroctagonal ( ) mark atthe junction are spliced(joined) connections.
RELAY, DOUBLE THROWA relay which passes currentthrough one set of contacts or theother.
SENSOR, ANALOG SPEEDUses magnetic impulses to openand close a switch to create asignal for activation of othercomponents.
TRANSISTORA solidstate device typically usedas an electronic relay; stops orpasses current depending on theapplied voltage at “base.”
SWITCH, WIPER PARKAutomatically returns wipers tothe stop position when the wiperswitch is turned off.
SWITCH, MANUAL
SPEAKERAn electromechanical devicewhich creates sound waves fromcurrent flow.
2. NORMALLYCLOSED
RESISTOR, VARIABLE orRHEOSTAT
A controllable resistor with avariable rate of resistance.Also called a potentiometer orrheostat.
2. NORMALLYOPEN
RELAY
1. NORMALLYCLOSED
Basically, an electricallyoperated switch which maybe normally closed (1) oropen (2).Current flow through asmall coil creates amagnetic field which eitheropens or closes anattached switch.
(2) SPLICED
WIRES
(1) NOTCONNECTED
18
RELAY LOCATIONS
[Body]
[Engine Compartment]
19
[Instrument Panel]
20
RELAY LOCATIONS
1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 19)(for USA)
(for Canada)
21
2 : R/B No. 2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)
5 : R/B No. 5 Front Luggage Compartment Right (See Page 18)
22
RELAY LOCATIONS
: J/B No. 3 Behind Combination Meter (See Page 19)
[J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit]
24
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment
[5S–FE]
A 1 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH E 7 Powertrain Control Module (Engine and ECT ECU)A 2 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH E 8 Powertrain Control Module (Engine and ECT ECU)A 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch E 9 Engine Hood Courtesy SWA 4 Ain Flow Sensor (Air Flow Meter, 3S–GTE) E 10 Engine Oil Level Sensor (3S–GTE)A 5 AlternatorA 6 Alternator F 1 Fuel Pump Resistor (3S–GTE)
F 2 Fuel Pump Relay (3S–GTE)B 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T)
I 1 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve)C 1 Check Connector I 2 Ignition CoilC 2 Cold Start Injector (3S–GTE) I 3 IgniterC 3 Cooling Fan ECU (for Engine Compartment of 3S–GTE) I 4 Injector No. 1C 4 Cooling Fan Motor (for Engine Compartment of 3S–GTE) I 5 Injector No. 2C 5 Cruise Control Actuator I 6 Injector No. 3
I 7 Injector No. 4D 1 Distributor I 8 Intake Air Temperature Sensor (In Air Temp. Sensor, 5S–FE)
E 1 ECT Solenoid (5S–FE)E 2 EFI Resistor (3S–GTE)E 3 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor)E 4 EGR Function Sensor (EGR Gas Temp. Sensor for California) or
Short Pin (Ex. California)E 5 Engine Compartment Temp. SensorE 6 Powertrain Control Module (Engine and ECT ECU)
25
Position of Parts in Engine Compartment[3S–GTE]
K 1 Knock Sensor T 1 Theft Deterrent HornT 2 Throttle Position Sensor
N 1 Park/Neutral Switch (Neutral Start SW) and Back– T 3 Turbo Pressure Sensor (3S–GTE)Up Light SW and A/T Indicator SW
N 2 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) V 1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Vacuum Sensor)V 2 VSV (for EGR System)
O 1 Oxygen Sensor (Main of 5S–FE), Heated Oxygen Sensor V 3 VSV (for A/C Idle–Up System)(Oxygen Sensor, 3S–GTE) V 4 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up Control System of 5S–FE)
O 2 Oxygen Sensor (Sub of 5S–FE) V 5 VSV (for Turbo Pressure Control System of 3S–GTE)O 3 Oil Pressure SW V 6 VSV (for T–VIS)
S 1 Vehicle Speed Pulse Generator (Speed Sensor, for W 1 Water Temp. SenderSpeed Meter)
S 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor, for ECT System of 5S–FE)S 3 Start Injector Time SW (3S–GTE)S 4 StarterS 5 StarterS 6 Starter Relay
26
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
Position of Parts in Instrument Panel
A 7 ABS ECU C 11 Combination Meter J 1 Junction ConnectorA 8 ABS ECU C 12 Combination Meter J 2 Junction ConnectorA 9 A/C Amplifier C 13 Combination Meter (A/T Indicator Light) J 3 Junction Connector (for Earth)A 10 A/C Control Assembly C 14 Combination SWA 11 A/C Control Assembly C 15 Combination SW K 2 Key Interlock SolenoidA 12 A/C Control Assembly C 16 Cruise Control Clutch SWA 13 A/C Dual Pressure SW C 17 Cruise Control ECU O 4 O/D Main SWA 14 A/C Thermistor C 18 Center Airbag Sensor AssemblyA 15 A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay C 19 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly P 1 Parking Brake SWA 16 Airbag Squib C 20 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly P 2 Power Main RelayA 17 Air Inlet Servo Motor P 16 Panel RelayA 18 Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor D 2 Diode (for Electrical Idle–Up System)A 19 Ashtray Illumination D 3 Diode (for A/C System) R 1 Radio and Player
D 4 Diode (for Theft Deterrent System) R 2 Radio and PlayerD 5 Diode (for Daytime Running Light R 3 Radio and Player
B 2 Blower Motor System) R 4 RheostatB 3 Blower Resistor D 6 Diode (for Power Window)B 4 Buckle SW D 7 Door Lock ECU S 7 Shift Lock ECU
S 8 Seat Belt Warning RelayC 6 Cigarette Lighter F 3 Fog Light SW S 9 Stop Light SW or, Stop Light SWC 7 Cigarette Lighter Illumination F 4 Fuel Pump and Cruise Control Stop SWC 8 Clock F 5 Fuel Sender S 12 Short Connector (for Speed Meter)C 9 Clutch Start SW (M/T) H 1 Hazard SW S 13 Short Connector (for Speed Meter)C 10 Combination Meter
I 9 Interior Light Control Relay T 4 Turn Signal FlasherI 10 Ignition Key Cylinder LightI 11 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW
27
Position of Parts in Body
A 20 ABS Actuator F 12 Front Side Marker Light RH R 5 Radiator Fan MotorA 21 ABS Actuator F 13 Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light LH R 6 Rear Combination Light LHA 22 ABS Actuator F 14 Front Turn Signal and Clearance Light RH R 7 Rear Combination Light RHA 23 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH F 15 Front Speaker LH R 8 Rear Luggage Compartment DoorA 24 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH F 16 Front Speaker RH Courtesy SWA 25 A/C Condenser Fan Motor F 17 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH R 9 Rear Luggage Compartment KeyA 26 A/C High Pressure SW or Short Pin (w/o F 18 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH Unlock SW
A/C) R 10 Rear Luggage Compartment LightA 27 Auto Antenna Control Relay and Motor H 2 Headlight LH R 11 Rear Speaker LH
H 3 Headlight RH R 12 Rear Speaker RHB 5 Brake Fluid Level SW H 4 High Mount Stop Light R 13 Rear Window Defogger (+)
H 5 Horn R 14 Rear Window Defogger (–)D 8 Door Courtesy Light LH H 6 Horn R 15 Rear Woofer Amplifier LHD 9 Door Courtesy Light RH R 16 Rear Woofer Speaker LHD 10 Door Courtesy SW LH L 1 License Plate Light R 17 Remote Control Mirror LHD 11 Door Courtesy SW RH R 18 Remote Control Mirror RHD 12 Door Key Cylinder Light and Out Side P 3 Personal Light R 19 Remote Control Mirror SW
Handle SW P 4 Power Steering Driver R 20 Retract Control RelayD 13 Door Lock Control SW RH P 5 Power Steering Driver R 21 Retract Control RelayD 14 Door Lock Key Lock and Unlock SW LH P 6 Power Steering Driver R 22 Retract Motor LHD 15 Door Lock Key Lock and Unlock SW RH P 7 Power Steering ECU R 23 Retract Motor RHD 16 Door Lock Motor LH P 8 Power Steering Pump with Motor R 24 Rear Woofer Amplifier RHD 17 Door Lock Motor RH P 9 Power Steering Pump with Motor R 25 Rear Woofer Speaker RHD 18 Diode (for Interior System) P 10 Power Steering Relay
P 11 Power Steering Relay S 10 Stereo Component AmplifierF 6 Fog Light LH P 12 Power Window SW RH S 11 Stereo Component AmplifierF 7 Fog Light RH P 13 Power Window Master SW and Door S 14 Stereo Component AmplifierF 8 Front Airbag Sensor LH Lock Control SW LHF 9 Front Airbag Sensor RH P 14 Power Window Motor LH T 5 Theft Deterrent ECUF 10 Front Luggage Compartment P 15 Power Window Motor RH
Door Courtesy SW W 2 Washer MotorF 11 Front Side Marker Light LH W 3 Washer Temp. SW (for Radiator Fan)
W 4 Wiper Motor
28
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
[5S–FE]
: Location of Splice Points
29
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)
EA4ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1 ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
30
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
[3S–GTE]
: Location of Splice Points
31
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 EIGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)
EA4ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1 ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EC1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
32
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Ground Points
33
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
ID1 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE R/B NO. 1)
ID2 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE1
IE2ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE3ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IF1FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
IH1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
34
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
: Location of Splice Points
35
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II1
II2LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4
IJ1FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ2FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK2FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
36
ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING
: Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness: Location of Ground Points
: Location of Splice Points
37
Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness
CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
BL1 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
BM1ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM2ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BN1 ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
38
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link,Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts.The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current.
Starter
Battery
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the relatedsystem is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarilyon the page indicated here.
FL MAIN 2.0L
FL 1.0Y Starter Relay
7.5A ALT SENCING
7.5A AM2
40A AM2 Ignition MainRelay
15A EFI
Retract ControlRelay
Headlight Relay
120A ALT Alternator
40A HEATER
7.5A ECU–B
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME 15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
50A AM1
80A ABS
Fan Main Relay
Starter
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)20 2121
39
(5S–FE)
Noise Filter
EFI Resistor
Ignition Coil
Igniter
7.5A ECU–IG
20A VENT
Heater Relay
ABS Actuator
Power SteeringRelay
15A FR FOG
Ignition SW(AM1)
10A A/C
Blower Resistor
A/C ControlAssembly
Injector No. 1
Injector No. 2
Injector No. 3
Injector No. 4
(3S–GTE)
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
15A TAIL
20A DOOR
15A STOP
30A POWER
20A DEFOG 15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
Blower Motor
ABS ECU
Power SteeringDriver
Power SteeringMotor
7.5A PANEL
40
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
182 148
A5 A9A7 A10 A12 A13 A17
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
A3 B1 B5 C1 C2 C3 C7
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
7.5A PANEL
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
97100144182
182 18256 52 80 166166
A18 A19 A25 C6
Alte
rnat
or
A/C
Am
plifi
er
A/C
Con
trol
Ass
embl
y
A/C
Dua
l Pre
ssur
e S
W
Aut
o A
nten
na C
ontr
olR
elay
and
Mot
or
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght S
W (
M/T
)
Bra
ke F
luid
Lev
el S
W
Col
d S
tart
Inje
ctor
Coo
ling
Fan
Mot
or(f
or E
ngin
e C
ompa
rtm
ent)
Coo
ling
Fan
EC
U(f
or E
ngin
e C
ompa
rtm
ent)
Cig
aret
te L
ight
er
C8
97100
Cig
aret
te L
ight
er Il
lum
inat
ion
Clo
ck
A15 A27 C4
97100 182 168 108 176
58 70125
AB
S E
CU
A/C
Mag
netic
Clu
tch
Rel
ay
Air
Inle
t Ser
vo M
otor
Air
Ven
t Mod
e C
ontr
olS
ervo
Mot
or
DLC
(C
heck
Con
nect
or)
Ash
tray
Illu
min
atio
n
A/C
Con
dens
er F
an M
otor
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)20 2121
41
125176
C11C9 C10 C12 C13 C14 C15 C18 D2
52 58 70138
80 104176 148 106 56 85
90 154 85122
Clu
tch
Sta
rt S
W (
M/T
)
AB
S W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Com
bina
tion
Met
er
Com
bina
tion
Met
er(I
llum
inat
ion)
Cru
ise
Con
trol
Indi
cato
rLi
ght [
Com
b. M
eter
]O
/D O
ff In
dica
tor
Ligh
t[C
omb.
Met
er]
Pow
er S
teer
ing
War
ning
Ligh
t [C
omb.
Met
er]
Sea
t Bel
t War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Turn
Sig
nal I
ndic
ator
Ligh
ts [C
omb.
Met
er]
Cha
rge
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Hig
h B
eam
Indi
cato
r Li
ght
[Com
b. M
eter
]A
/T In
dica
tor
Ligh
t[C
omb.
Met
er]
Ste
erin
g P
ositi
on S
enso
r[C
omb.
SW
]W
iper
and
Was
her
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Dim
mer
SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Hor
n S
W[C
omb.
SW
]Li
ght C
ontr
ol S
W[C
omb.
SW
]Tu
rn S
igna
l SW
[Com
b. S
W]
Cru
ise
Con
trol
EC
U
D3 D6
110114
Dio
de(f
or A
/C S
yste
m)
C17 D7 D8
58 70176
176 97100
160176
154176
132176
119176 132
868890
131 88 97100
94106 160 125
58 70144
182 104A
irbag
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Coo
ling
Fan
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Ope
n D
oor
War
ning
Lig
ht[C
omb.
Met
er]
Che
ck E
ngin
e W
arni
ng L
ight
[Com
b. M
eter
]
Cen
ter
Airb
ag S
enso
rA
ssem
bly
Dio
de (
for
Ele
ctric
alId
le–U
p S
yste
m
Dio
de(f
or P
ower
Win
dow
)
Doo
r Lo
ck E
CU
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t LH
42
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
D9 D10 D11 E6 E8 F1
104 114 52 70154
80 88 97100
5870
D12 D16 D17 E7 F2
94
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
Ligh
t RH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
LH
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
RH
Doo
r K
ey C
ylin
der
Ligh
tE10
58
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
7.5A PANEL
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F11 F12 F13
525870
5270
52 70154
525870
176 176 8890
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
LH
Doo
r Lo
ck M
otor
RH
PC
ME
(E
ngin
e an
d E
CT
EC
U)
PC
ME
(E
ngin
e E
CU
)
PC
ME
(E
ngin
e E
CU
)
PC
ME
(E
ngin
e an
d E
CT
EC
U)
PC
ME
(E
ngin
e E
CU
)
Eng
ine
Oil
Leve
l Sen
sor
Fue
l Pum
p R
esis
tor
Fue
l Pum
p R
elay
Fog
Lig
ht S
W
Fue
l Pum
p
Fue
l Sen
der
Fog
Lig
ht L
H
Fog
Lig
ht R
H
Fro
nt S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t LH
Fro
nt S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t RH
Fro
nt C
lear
ance
Lig
ht L
H
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)20 2121
43
106 94
F13
97100106
F14 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 I1 I9 I10 I11 O1
8590
48 56 70125166
588070
94 154 176
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal L
ight
LH
Fro
nt C
lear
ance
Lig
ht R
H
Fro
nt T
urn
Sig
nal L
ight
RH
Haz
ard
SW
Hea
dlig
ht L
H
Hea
dlig
ht R
H
Hig
h M
ount
Sto
p Li
ght
Hor
n
Igni
tion
Key
Cyl
inde
r Li
ght
Igni
tion
SW
(A
M2)
Inte
rior
Ligh
t Con
trol
Rel
ay
Lice
nce
Pla
te L
ight
Oil
Pre
ssur
e S
W
J1 L1 N1 O3 O4 P1 P2 P3 P6 P7 P12 P13
106 109 131 5870 104
52 58 80138182
108 52 70138
58 97154 176 110 104 132
110
IAC
V (
ISC
Val
ve)
Junc
tion
Con
nect
or
A/T
Indi
cato
r S
W
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght S
W (
A/T
)
PN
S (
Neu
tral
Sta
rt S
W)
HO
S2
(Oxy
gen
Sen
sor)
O/D
Mai
n S
W
Par
king
Bra
ke S
W
Pow
er M
ain
Rel
ay
Per
sona
l Lig
ht
Pow
er S
teer
ing
Driv
er
Pow
er S
teer
ing
EC
U
Pow
er W
indo
w S
W R
H
Pow
er W
indo
w M
aste
r S
W a
ndD
oor
Lock
Con
trol
SW
44
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
97100174
182 94 94
P14 P15 P16 R2 R4 R5 R6 R7
110 108
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
LH
Pow
er W
indo
w M
otor
RH
Rad
io a
nd P
laye
r
Rhe
osta
t
Rad
iato
r F
an M
otor
Rea
r Tu
rn S
igna
l Lig
ht L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]S
top
Ligh
t LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Tail
and
Rea
r S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t LH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht L
H]
Rea
r Tu
rn S
igna
l Lig
ht R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]S
top
Ligh
t RH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
Tail
and
Rea
r S
ide
Mar
ker
Ligh
t RH
[Rea
r C
omb.
Lig
ht R
H]
R8
94
Rea
r Lu
ggag
e C
ompa
rtm
ent
Doo
r C
ourt
esy
SW
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
7.5A PANEL
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
R1 R10 R13 R15 R24 R17 R18
97100
97100 106 109 108 106 109 104 144 170 136
Pan
el R
elay
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght L
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
LH
]
Bac
k–U
p Li
ght R
H[R
ear
Com
b. L
ight
RH
]
Rea
r Lu
ggag
e C
ompa
rtm
ent
Ligh
t
Rea
r W
indo
w D
efog
ger
Rea
r W
oofe
r A
mpl
ifier
LH
Rea
r W
oofe
r A
mpl
ifier
RH
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or L
H
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or R
H
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)20 2121
45
136
R19 R20 R21 R22 R23 S1 S3 S6 S7 S9 T1 T4 T5 V2 V4 V5 V6 W1
160
82 88 94100
85 90 97138
52 82 94100
48 82 90 94 97100138166
138 5870
70182 70 58 176
Rem
ote
Con
trol
Mirr
or S
W
Ret
ract
Con
trol
Rel
ay
Ret
ract
Mot
or L
H
Ret
ract
Mot
or R
H
Sta
rt In
ject
or T
ime
SW
Sta
rter
Rel
ay
Sea
t Bel
t War
ning
Rel
ay
Shi
ft Lo
ck E
CU
Sto
p Li
ght S
W
Ste
reo
Com
pone
ntA
mpl
ifier
The
ft D
eter
rent
Hor
n
Turn
Sig
nal F
lash
er
The
ft D
eter
rent
EC
U
VS
V (
for
EG
R S
yste
m)
VS
V(f
or A
/C Id
le–U
p S
yste
m)
VS
V (
for
T–V
IS)
VS
V (
for
Turb
o P
ress
ure
Con
trol
Sys
tem
)
Wat
er T
emp.
Sen
der
W2
Was
her
Mot
or
S8 S10 S11 V3 W3 W4
8590
52138 146 119
58146154
109148160
97100170
106 138 176 122 182 122 144
Ret
ract
Con
trol
Rel
ay(C
anad
a)
VS
PG
(S
peed
Sen
sor)
VS
V (
for
Fue
l Pre
ssur
e U
pC
ontr
ol S
yste
m)
Wat
er T
emp.
Sen
der
(for
Rad
iato
r F
an)
Wip
er M
otor
Def
ogge
r R
elay
Taill
ight
Rel
ay
46
POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)
*Page Nos. ofRelated Systems
Parts
Code orLocation
CB or Fuse
Loca
tion
* These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here.
182 182 131138
828890
Circ
uit O
peni
ng R
elay
Coo
ling
Fan
Rel
ay(f
or E
ngin
e C
ompa
rtm
ent)
EF
I Mai
n R
elay
Igni
tion
Mai
n R
elay
Fan
Mai
n R
elay
Fan
Rel
ay N
o. 1
15A TAIL
15A RAD & CIG
7.5A GAUGE
7.5A TURN
20A WIPER
20A DEFOG
15A STOP
20A DOOR
30A POWER
7.5A PANEL
15A EFI
20A VENT
7.5A ECU–IG
7.5A ALT SENCING
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
10A A/C
7.5A ECU–B
7.5A AM2
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
Fan
Rel
ay N
o. 2
Fan
Rel
ay N
o. 3
Fro
nt F
og L
ight
Rel
ay
Hea
ter
Rel
ay
Hor
n R
elay
485870
58 70154
805870
[LOCATION] (1) : R/B No. 1 (See page 20) (2) : R/B No. 2 (See page 19) (3) : R/B No. 5 (See page 23)20 2121
48
POWER SOURCE
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
55
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 5 5 5 5
5 5
5 5
5 5 5
5
5
5
B 6
B 4
9 3
1 4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
10 8 6 2 4
3 5
5
1
2
1
3
1
1
1
3
1
3
1
3
2
4
1
1
3
4
3
W
R–B
R–G
R–B
W
W–R
B–R
G–R
R–G
R
L–R
L–R
B–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
W
W–R
WW
W
W
W
B–O
L
W W
B–W W B
R–
L
L
W
W–B
W
B–
R
W
W
W
R
40A
AM
2
80A
AB
S
50A
AM
1
40A
HT
R
FAN MAINRELAY
10A A/C
30A CDS FAN
30A RDI FAN
15A HAZ–HORN
30A RTR
15A DOME
7. 5A AM2
7. 5A ECU–B
15A FR FOG
15A HEAD (LH)
15A HEAD (RH)
7. 5A ALTSENCING
P–
G
B
W
120A
ALT
BA
TT
ER
Y
TO
AB
SA
CT
UA
TO
R
5
7
WTO ALTERNATOR
II1
1
FL
MA
IN2.
0L
HEADLIGHTRELAY
HE
AT
ER
RE
LAY
B–RB–RIE2
1
49
2 2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I10
AM
2
AM
1
AC
C
IG1
IG2
ST
2
329
410
ST
1
II2
22
II3
13
IE44
1
B23
W
B–R
W
B–R
B–O
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
B–R
L–R
B–Y
L–R
L
W–L
W
W
GR
R–L
R–Y
L
B–Y
B–R
W–R
B–R
WW
B–O
B–
Y
2
1
1
1
1
2
3
5
2
2
2
3
4
4
2
2
3
4
3
1
1
1
4
IGNITION SW
IGNITIONMAIN RELAY
15A EFI
20A VENT
7. 5A ECU–IG
20A WIPER
7. 5A TURN
7. 5A GAUGE
15A RAD & CIG
15A TAIL
7. 5A PANEL(FOR CANADA)
20A DOOR
30A POWER
20A DEFOG
I11
13
R–W15A STOP
2B–R
W
50
POWER SOURCE
HEADLIGHT RELAY2– 3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
IGNITION MAIN RELAY5– 4: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
FAN MAIN RELAY4– 5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
I11 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE232 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE432 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II1
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3
( )
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I10 34 COWL WIRE B 6 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 4 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B23 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
52
STARTING AND IGNITION
10 9
6
AM2 IG2
ST2
II11 II313
5
5
5
55
M
E12
P
N
2
3
IE2
1
A B
E12
1
2
12
STJ STA
F3
C11
4 3
9 82 1
7. 5AAM2
40A
AM
2
BA
TT
ER
Y
STARTER
STARTERRELAY
PNS(NEUTRALSTART SW)
IGNITION SW
(A/T)
B–R
R
B–O
B–R
B–O
W
WW
B–W
B
B–R
B–R
B–R
W
B–R
B–R
B–W
W–B
2
1
IE49
STARTINJECTORTIME SW
B
R–W
R
B–R
G
R
R–W
GG
RR
I11
S 4 , S 5S 3
N 1
S 6
C 9CLUTCHSTART SW
B
R–W
R–W B
B
1 1
( M/T
)( M
/T)
(A/T)
( *4)
A B
(*4)
(A/T)
( *4)
( A/T
)
STA
EA38
A
2
10
3
11(*2)
(5S–FE A/T)
(*1)
R
R
R–W
R
(A/T)
(*4)
( *5)
R
(A/T)
E19E21
E12
R
R
(*2)
(*5)
R
I10
R FROM CRUISECONTROL ECU
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CTO
R
C2
E24G
R ( *5)
R
R
( *5)
E 3
EA15
EA17
BM14IE32
W–B
W–B
175 (USA)
(CANADA)
(A/T)(M/T)
FLM
AIN
2.0L
FL
1.0Y
BIIC
W–B
4W–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
(* 3)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
(*2, EX. *3)
(EX. *2 *3)
( *2,
EX
.*3
)( E
X.
*1)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 3
J 1
TO THEFT DETERRENT ECU
IK114
R–B
R
1
( *1)
B25
BG
W–B
3B8
3D
10
J/BNO. 3
E 8 8E
I10
B26
E22 E3 E4 E5 E18
D17D18
B17B18
D20
B20
D3
B3
D4
B4B7
C22
IE4
4
II2
22 2
2 2
2
1
BG BIEA
2 1
18
5 3
3 5
1 4
2
W G R
( 3S
–GTE
)
( 5S
–FE
)
( 3S
–GTE
)
( 5S
–FE
)
( 3S
–GTE
)
( 5S
–FE
)
( 3S
–GTE
)
A1
B
2 A4
B1 B2 B4
I 2C 1
I 3 D 1 N 2
B–R
B–O
R
G
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–O
B–W B–R
B–W
B–W
B
B–R
W–B
W–BW
–B
G R
W
W–R
B–O
B–R
W–B
B–R
W–B
PCME(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)ENGINE ECU (M/T))
IGNITER DISTRIBUTOR
IGNITIONCOIL
DLC(CHECK CONNECTOR)
TO RADIATOR FANRELAY NO. 1
IGNITIONMAIN RELAY
NOISEFILTER
(A/T)
( A/T
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
IG–
STJ IGTNSW IGF NE G1 G–
A C
2 1
4
2
TO
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
E17
:3S
–GT
EE
7:
5S–F
E
B D E
W–B
W–B
BR
RGB
A
A
2
2
EB1
4
EB1
1
EB1
5
B–R
B–RB–R
B–R
B–R B–R
B–R
TO EFI RESISTOR(3S–GTE)TO INJECTORS(5S–FE)
E17
D5
B5
B3
A3(5S–FE)
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
(5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
NE– G2
E 6 , 6 , E , E 8 ,
B W
( 5S
–FE
)
53
*1 : USA (5S–FE M/T) W/O ABS, AUTO ANTENNA, THEFT DETERRENT AND POWER WINDOW*2 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) W/ CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
*3 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT*4 : 5S–FE M/T*5 : 3S–GTE
54
STARTING AND IGNITION
IGNITION MAIN RELAY(2) 1– (2) 2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION
I11 IGNITION SW10–9: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION10–6: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION
S 6 STARTER RELAY2–4 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T)2–4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON POSITION AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T)
N 1 NEUTRAL START SW (A/T)2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION
C 9 CLUTCH START SW (M/T)1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED
C 2 COLD START INJECTOR1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WHILE START INJECTOR TIME SW IS CLOSED AND STARTER CRANKING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) B 25 (3S–GTE) J 3 26
C 2 25 (3S–GTE) E 8 D 24 (5S–FE) N 1 24 (5S–FE)
C 9 26E 8
E 24 (5S–FE) N 2 24(5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
D 1A 25 (3S–GTE) I 2 24 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE) S 3 25 (3S–GTE)
D 1B 24 (5S–FE) I 3 24 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE) S 4 A 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
E 6A 25 (3S–GTE) I11 26 S 5 B 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
E 6C 24 (5S–FE) J 1 26 S 6 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA130 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (R/B NO 2 INNER)EB130 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE2
IE3 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)IE4
32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II134 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II234 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 34 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREE24 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE
E 330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI10 34 COWL WIRE
E 728 (5S FE) B25
28 (5S–FE)
E1228 (5S–FE) B25
30 (3S–GTE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E17 ENGINE WIREB26
28 (5S–FE)ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E19 30 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIREB26
30 (3S–GTE)
E2130 (3S GTE)
SERVICE HINTS
55
ST
2
AM
2
9
10
5
5 2 5
5
II313 EA34 II34
IE11 IE15
EA317
EB17
IG11
EA41
6
7
I10
IG L S
ALTERNATOR
IC REGULATOR
B
7. 5AALTSENCING
A2 A3 A1 B1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
W
W
B–R Y
W W
B–R Y
B–Y W W W
W W
W
B–
Y
WW
W–R
B–YY
B–
O
W
B–O
B–O
Y
FL MAIN2. 0L
CHARGEWARNINGLIGHT[COMB. METER]
IGNITIONSW
7. 5AAM2
TOFAN MAINRELAY
7. 5AECU–IG
10
3 3 2
3
2 2 1
120
AA
LT C12I11
BATTERY
A 5 , A 6A B
IG2
E17
W–
R
FR
OM
CO
OLI
NG
FA
NE
CU
B–
Y
56
CHARGING
57
A 5(A) (ALTERNATOR)(A) 1–GROUND: 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F)
13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F)(A) 2–GROUND: 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 5 A 20 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE) C12 22
A 6 B 20 (5S–FE), 21 (3S–GTE) I11 22
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 17 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA324 (5S–FE)
EA326 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)
EA424 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EA426 (3S–GTE)
EB124 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (R/B NO 2 INNER)EB126 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE1 28 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IG1 28 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (BEHIND FOOTREST)
II3 30 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E17 26 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I10 30 COWL WIRE
11
2 3X X 9 10
A 6 C12 I11BAA 5 BLACK GRAY BLACK
76
SERVICE HINTS
58
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE. ETC. ANOUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. PTIS (INPUT SIGNALS)
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ECTS (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH ARESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE PCME (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE IATS (INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR) IS INSTALLED INSIDE THE AFS (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP.,WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX OFTHE PCME (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR), A HEATER IS USEDFOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE PCME (ECU) (HT).
(4) CRANKSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE SPEED IS DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G1 AND G2 OF THE PCME (ECU), AND ENGINE SPEEDSIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+ .
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE PCME (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL .
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED METER INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER SENDS A VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE PCME(ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(7) ACS (A/C SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OPERATING VOLTAGE OF THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS DETECTED AND INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL AC OF THE PCME (ECU).
(8) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE PCME (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON,VOLTAGE FOR PCME (ECU) OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE ECU.
(9) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE POTENTIOMETER INSTALLED INSIDE THE AIR FLOW METER AND IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VS OF THE PCME (ECU).
(10) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE STOP LIGHT SW IS USED TO DETECT WHETHER OR NOT THE VEHICLE IS BRAKING AND THE INFORMATION IS INPUT AS ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STP OF THE PCME (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL SYSTEM
ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL KNK OF THEPCME (ECU).
(13) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ECT. WHICH CAUSE A HIGHELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
59
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* SMPI (EFI, ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE SMPI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO(12)) INPUTS TO THE PCME (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE MOSTAPPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #1, #2, #3 AND #4 OF THE PCME(ECU), CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE IT (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THEPCME (ECU), FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* EI (ESA, ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM
THE EI (ESA) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 9, 11, 12)) INPUTTO THE PCME (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THEMOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE PCME (ECU). THISOUTPUT CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM
THE PCME (ECU) OPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FPR AND CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP RELAY AND THUS CONTROLS THEFUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS.
* HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM
THE HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER TO ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW(TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE HOZS (OXYGEN SENSOR) TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCEOF THE SENSOR. THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 8, 9, 11)), CURRENT ISOUTPUT TO TERMINAL HT AND CONTROLS THE HEATER.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UPWHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE PCME (ECU)EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS 1, 4 TO 9, 13)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS RSC ANDRSO AND CONTROLS THE IACV (ISC VALVE).
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
WITH THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM, THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 9)) FROM EACH SENSOR,CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR AND OPERATION OF THE VSV (FOR EGR) IS CONTROLLED.
* INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM
IN THE INTAKE AIR CONTROL SYSTEM, EACH CYLINDER IN THE INTAKE MANIFOLD IS DIVIDED INTO TWO PARTS, WITH AN INTAKEAIR CONTROL VALVE INSTALLED IN THE PASSAGE ON ONE SIDE. THE OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE PROVIDES THEMOST APPROPRIATE INTAKE AIR FLOW AND, AS WELL AS PREVENTING PERFORMANCE LOSS AT LOW SPEEDS, ALSO IMPROVESFUEL ECONOMY. THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (4, 5, 9, 12)), OUTPUTSCURRENT TO TERMINAL TVIS CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR T–VIS) AND, CARRIES OUT OPENING AND CLOSING OF THE VALVE.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE PCME (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONINGSYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY(CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM. THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE PCME (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
5
5
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
2
5 5
5
2 2 2 2 2 2
II11
EB14 EB12
IE44II313
IE4
9
E 3
B26
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
5 4 1
23
BG BI
1
4314
2
103 6 4 1
8 9 2
3
10
1
2
2
5 3 1 2
9
6 2R
B–O
B–O
R R R
W–R
B–Y
B–Y
W–R
W–B
B–Y
W–B
G–R
B–Y
AM2 IG2
ST2B
–RW
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–R
B–O
B–O
L–B
L–B
G–R
W–BW
–B
B–Y
B–R
W–B
W
R L B Y
B–R
B–Y
RR
W–R
W–B
15AEFI
7. 5AAM2
W–B
B–Y
40A
AM
2
W–B
W–B
B–W
W–L
R–W
G–Y
B–W
W–L
R–W
IGNITION SW CLUTCH STARTSW
IGNITIONMAINRELAY
EFI MAINRELAY CIRCUIT
OPENINGRELAY
EFI RESISTOR
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.1
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.2
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.3
INJE
CT
OR
NO
.4
I11 C 9
E 2
I4 I5 I6 I7
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM(SEE PAGE 48)
IE21
60
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
1 1
A6 A12 A13 A1 A11 A4 A5
A14 B24 B25 B11 B12 B2 B1 B10
IE14
E 1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
E19 E23
E 2
BM16
M
2
4
15ASTOP
7. 5AGAUGE
R
W–R
B–Y
L–B
G–R
B–Y
G–Y
B–W
W–L
R–W
L–B
B–Y
L–B
L–R
B–Y
W–R
R
B–Y
2 3 1
2 2
5
1 1
R–L
R–W
G–W
G–WR
W–R
B–Y
B–Y
L–W
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–B
W–B
R
G–B
L–O
R–W
W–L
B–W
G–R
G–Y
B–Y
B–Y
B–Y
L–B
FUELPUMP
FUEL PUMPRESISTOR
VS
V( F
OR
TUR
BO
PR
ES
SU
RE
CO
NTR
OL
SY
STE
M)
VS
V( F
OR
T–V
IS)
FUEL PUMPRELAY
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
F 2
F 1
F 4
C11
,C12
V5
V6
E 6 , E 7 , E 8
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
A C B
AB
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
B9
3
G
E25B–Y
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
I10
6(CANADA)(USA)
W–B
W–B
IC ID
W–B
A10
B23IE1
16
IH1
12
EA3
16
B2A2
A1B1
(*2)(*3)
(*2)
(*3)
STO
PLI
GH
TS
W
S9
AB
A4
B8
IE115
B20
EA112
EA115
G–W
113
J 1JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
G–W
R–L
B–Y
G–W
R–L
R–L
( *1)
( *1)
(EX. *1)
G–W
G–W
G–W
B–WB–WB–W
B–W B–W
B–W
B–W
G–W
W
FP
RFC TP
C
TVIS
RS
C
RS
O
#4
#3
#2
#1
STP
STA+B +B
1
BA
TT
AC
FROMA/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY
TOA/C MAGNETICCLUTCH
IAC
V( IS
CV
ALV
E)
I1
3A9
J/BNO. 3
3D9
3C2
61
*3 : (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)*2 : (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
*1 : (1) CANADA(2) USA WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS.
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
62
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
E18
E25
IE312
EA318
IE412
IE113
EA35
EB14
2
1
A15 C4 C12 C11
B6 B8 C6 C8 C15 B20 B3
35
1832842
432
412
694
31
1
OX VF TE1
IG–E1W+B
TO
AB
SE
CU
FR
OM
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
P R–L
BR
BR
G–Y
G–
Y
R
P
P W
P W R–L
BR
BR
P
B–Y
G–W
B–Y
B
B–R
R–W
B
R–W B
W
W–R
B–
Y
B–
Y
G–
W
BB
B–R
B–W
B–R
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NC
OIL
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NM
AIN
RE
LAY
TO
TA
CH
OM
ET
ER
EC
TS
( EF
IW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
( SH
IELD
ED
)
BR
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
IGNITERI 3
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
E 6 , E 7 , E 8A C B
T 2
E3
1
2
E23B–Y
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TE
M)
V2
(SHIELDED)
A2
IE18
FR
OM
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
FR
OM
DE
FO
GG
ER
SW
TO
DE
FO
GG
ER
RE
LAY3 1
2
BB
R–Y
G
R–
Y
R–Y
C1
DLC
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
)
L–B
1
FP
L–B
C14
7
TE2
HO
2S( O
XY
GE
NS
EN
SO
R)
O1
E25
(SHIELDED)
B
B
B–W
ELS
OX
AB
S
THW
IDL
TE
2
TE
1
IGF
IGT
VF
HT
VT
A
EG
R
P–L
DIO
DE
( FO
RE
LEC
TRIC
AL
IDLE
–UP
)
D2
3A2
J/BNO. 3
E17 E24
E17
E17
B14 B13 B26 B17 C13 A8 A7 A9
C1 C5 C2 C3 C9 C10 B7
2
1
IE33
II41 II42 II413
I 4
IE34 IE35 IE114
A6
A10
ID
B4 B18 B5
EA
764
23 2
1 5 1
9 14 5
14321
PCME (ENGINE ECU)
E 6 , E 7 , E 8A C B
R–L
L–B
Y–L B
L–B
L–B
R–L
L–B
BR
R–
L
B–Y
B–Y G
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
R–L
L–B
R–L
BR
BR
TURBOPRESSURESENSOR
AFS(AIR FLOW METER)
TO
TU
RB
OM
ET
ER
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]
EG
RS
( EG
RG
AS
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
( FO
RC
ALI
FO
RN
IA)
SH
OR
TP
IN( E
X.
FOR
CA
LIF
OR
NIA
)
FR
OM
CO
LDS
TA
RT
INJE
CT
OR
RWGB
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
BBR
BR
BR
B L–Y
V–W
V–W
L–YB
B L–Y
V–W
V–W
BR
BR B
R
BR
BR
BR
V–WDISTRIBUTORKNOCKSENSOR
POWER STEERINGECU
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
T 3
A 4
D 1K 1
E4
E4
P 7
C11
E23
E17(SHIELDED)
EA111
E1
NE
EO
1
PS
VS
TH
A
TH
G
VC
PS
CT
SP
D
E2
EO
2
G1
G2
G–
KN
K
PIM
ST
J
(USA)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( US
A)
BR
63
64
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
EFI MAIN RELAY2– 4: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION
E 2 EFI RESISTOR2–1, 3, 4, 6: 4–6
I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7 INJECTOR1–2: 2–4
F10 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR1–2: APPROX. 0.73
E 4 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR (FOR CALIFORNIA)1–2: 69.4–88.5 K 50°C, 122°F)
11.89–14.37 K (100°C, 212°F)
2.79–3.59 K (150°C, 302°F)
A15 AIR FLOW METER5–6: 200–600 MEASURING PLATE CLOSED)
20–1000 (MEASURING PLATE OPEN)5–4: 200–400 5–7: 15 K (–20°C, 4°F)
4–7 K (0°C, 32°F)2–3 K (20°C, 68°F)0.9–1.3 K (40°C, 104°F)0.4–0.7 K (60°C, 140°F)
E 2 EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR1–2: 7.22 K (0°C, 32°F)
3.04 K (20°C, 68°F)1.41 K (40°C, 104°F)0.73 K (60°C, 140°F)0.397 K (80°C, 176°F)
T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR3–4: 3.9–7.25 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.)2–4: LESS THAN 5.5 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.50 MM (0.020 IN.)
WITH 0.7 MM (0.028 IN.)3–4: 0.96–1.79 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN1–4: 4.38–8.13 K 25°C, 77°F)
E 4, E 5, E 6 PCME (ENGINE ECU)VOLTAGE AT PCME (ECU) CONNECTORS
BATT –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS+B, +B1–E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)IDL –E2 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VTA –E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VC –E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)VS –E2 : 3.7–4.3 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)
0.2–0.5 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)2.0–4.0 VOLTS (IDLING)1.0–2.0 VOLTS (3000RPM)
THA –E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, (68°F))THW –E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, (176°F))STA –E1 : 6–14 VOLTS (CRANKING)#1, #2, #3, #4 – E01, E02 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)IGT –E1 : 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (CRANKING OR IDLING)TVIS –E1 : APPROX 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED (REGULAR GASOLINE)
9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN (REGULAR GASOLINE)APPROX 2.0 VOLTS OR LESS IDLING (PREMIUM GASOLINE)9–14 VOLTS WITH 4200 MIN–1 (PREMIUM GASOLINE)
TE1 –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NO CONNECTAPPROX 1.0 VOLTS OR LESS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECT
AC –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON A/C SWITCH ONRSO, RSC –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)PIM –E2 : 2.5–4.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)W –E1 : 9–14 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT OFF) AND ENGINE RUNNING)
SERVICE HINTS
65
RESISTANCE AT PCME (ECU) CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR FROM ECU)
IDL –E1 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)LESS THAN 2300 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2 : 3500–10000 (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)200–800 (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VS –E2 : 200–600 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY CLOSED)20–1200 (MEASURING PLATE FULLY OPEN)
THA –E2 : 2000–3000 (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW –E2 : 200–400 (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G1,G2 –G– : 140–180 NE+ –G– : 180–220 RSC, RSO – +B, +B1:17.7–23.9
66
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 4 25 (3S–GTE) E 8 B 25 (3S–GTE) J 3 26
C 1 25 (3S–GTE) F 1 25 (3S–GTE) K 1 25 (3S–GTE)
C 9 26 (3S–GTE) F 2 25 (3S–GTE) O 1 25 (3S–GTE)
C11 A 26 F 4 26 P 7 27
C12 B 26 I 1 25 (3S–GTE) S 9 26
D 1 25 (3S–GTE) I 3 25 (3S–GTE) T 2 25 (3S–GTE)
D 2 26 I 4 25 (3S–GTE) T 3 25 (3S–GTE)
E 2 25 (3S–GTE) I 5 25 (3S–GTE) V 2 25 (3S–GTE)
E 3 25 (3S–GTE) I 6 25 (3S–GTE) V 5 25 (3S–GTE)
E 4 25 (3S–GTE) I 7 25 (3S–GTE) V 6 25 (3S–GTE)
E 6 A 25 (3S–GTE) I11 26
E 7 C 25 (3S–GTE) J 1 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE1
IE232 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IH1 32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 30 (3S–GTE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 1 E2430 (3S GTE) ENGINE WIRE
E 2 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E2530 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE
E 3
30 (3S GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 434 COWL WIRE
E17 I1034 COWL WIRE
E1830 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE
B20
E1930 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE
B23 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E23 B26
67
68
ENGINE CONTROL (3S–GTE)
70
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
THE ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM UTILIZES A MICROCOMPUTER AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE,TRANSMISSION, ETC. AN OUTLINE OF ENGINE CONTROL IS GIVEN HERE.
1. PTIS (INPUT SIGNALS)
(1) WATER TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE ECTS (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH ARESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. THUS THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF ACONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE PCME (ECU).
(2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE IATS (INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR) IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TOTERMINAL THA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(3) OXYGEN DENSITY SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 ANDOX2 (CALIFORNIA) OF THE PCME (ECU).
(4) CRANKSHAFT POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE SPEED ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR.CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G+ , OF THE PCME (ECU), AND ENGINE SPEED SIGNALIS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+ .
(5) THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROLSIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE PCME (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL .
(6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SPEED METER INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER SENDS A VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE PCME(ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(7) NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T)
THE PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL AND PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTSA CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE PCME (ECU).
(8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS TO TARMINAL ACA OF THE PCME (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
(9) BATTERY SIGNAL SYSTEM
VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE PCME (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON,VOLTAGE FOR ECU OPERATION IS APPLIED VIA THE EFI MAIN RELAY TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF THE PCME (ECU).
(10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM
INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MAP (VACUUM SENSOR) AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIMOF THE PCME (ECU).
(11) STA SIGNAL SYSTEM
TO CONFIRM THAT THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING ISDETECTED AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL STA OF THE PCME (ECU).
(12) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM
THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGHELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL.
2. CONTROL SYSTEM
* MPI (EFI, ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM
THE MPI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS THROUGH THE SIGNALS EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1) TO(12)) INPUTS TO THE PCME (ECU). BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE MOSTAPPROPRIATE FUEL INJECTION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10 AND #20 OF THE PCME (ECU),CAUSING THE INJECTORS TO OPERATE IT (TO INJECT FUEL). IT IS THIS SYSTEM WHICH, THROUGH THE WORK OF THE PCME(ECU), FINELY CONTROLS FUEL INJECTION IN RESPONSE TO DRIVING CONDITIONS.
DURING ENGINE CRANKING (SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL STA ) OR FOR APPLOX. 2 SECONDS AFTER NE SIGNAL INPUT, PCME(ECU) OPERATION ENERGIZES (POINT CLOSED) THE FUEL PUMP CIRCUIT INSIDE THE CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY, CAUSING THEFUEL PUMP TO OPERATE.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
71
* EI (ESA, ELECTRONIC FUEL ADVANCE)
THE EI (ESA) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE REVOLUTIONS USING THE SIGNALS (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 5, 10, 11)) INPUT TOTHE PCME (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR. BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED IN THE PCME (ECU), THE MOSTAPPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED AND CURRENT IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT OF THE PCME ECU. THIS OUTPUTCONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PRODUCE THE MOST APPROPRIATE IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS.
* ISC (IDLE SPEED CONTROL) SYSTEM
THE ISC SYSTEM INCREASES ENGINE SPEED AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLDAND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROMEACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4 TO 8, 11, 12)), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISCO AND ISCC, AND CONTROLS THE ISCVALVE.
* EGR CONTROL SYSTEM
THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR INPUT TOTHE PCME (ECU) (INPUT SIGNALS (1, 4, 10)) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL EGR OF THE PCME (ECU).
* A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM
WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONEROPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE INORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE.
THE PCME (ECU) RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS (5, 6), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT.
* FUEL PRESSURE CONTROL SYSTEM
THE FUEL PRESSURE UP SYSTEM CAUSES THE VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) TO COME ON FOR HIGH TEMP. STARTS INORDER TO INCREASE THE FUEL PRESSURE, IMPROVE STARTABILITY AT HIGH TEMPERATURES AND PROVIDE STABLE IDLING.
THE PCME (ECU) EVALUATES THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (1, 2, 5, 11), OUTPUT CURRENT TO TERMINAL FPU ANDCONTROLS THE VSV.
3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEMWITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE PCME (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONSYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY(CODE) OF THE CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT.
4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEMWHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BYCONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEMBY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE PCME (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE.
1 4 5
2 3
2 2 2 2 2
2 2 25
2
5
10
5
2 2 2 2
2 2
5
8
5
9
IE21
II11
EB14 EB12
BM12BM215
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
E 9
E 5
E 2
M
2
1
P N
IE4
9
E 3 EA3
8
IE44II313
IG2
ST2
10
6
9
IC ID BG BI
I10
B26
IGNITIONMAIN RELAY
EFIMAINRELAY
CIRCUITOPENINGRELAY
7. 5AAM2
15AEFI
FUELPUMP
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
1
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
2
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
3
INJE
CTO
RN
O.
4
40A
AM
2
CLUTCH STARTSW (M/T)
PNS(NEUTRALSTART SW)
(A/T)
IGNITION SW
(A/T)(M/T)
2
4 1 3 4
1
1 2
5 3 1 2
2
21
3
2
AM2
BB
B R
B–Y
B–Y
W–B
W–R
B–O
B–O
B–R
B–
R
B–R
B–R
W–B
B–R
B–R B
–Y
W–B
W–B
G–
R
L–B
L–B
W
B–Y
W–R
B
R–W
R–W
RRRR
R
R
B–RB–O W–R
B–Y
W–BB–R
G–R
L–B
B–Y
W
B–R
W
W
WW
W
W
B–RB
–R
B–R
B–R
L–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
I7I6 I5I4
F 4
N 1
C 9I11
R–W
R (M/T)
(A/T)
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
(A/T)FROM POWER SOURCESYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
R–W (M/T)
(A/T)(M/T)(M/T)
W–B
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3 4
E 3R–W R–W
(A/T) (A/T)
EB15
W–B
B–R
E11
W
6(CANADA)(USA)
EA15
B–R
(M/T)(M/T)
72
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
2
1 3
2
1
2
1
IE18
1
E10 E16
B7
A12
B1
A13
B2
A1
E2
A11 A22
B12
A2
A14
B4
D10
E10
D9
E9
D23
E23
D8
E14
E
11
E25
D12
E12
F15
C15
F8
C3
EB1
8
E 1
FROMTAILLIGHTRELAY
7. 5AGAUGE
(A/T)
(M/T)
DIODE(FOR ELECTRICALIDLE–UP SYSTEM)
8 3 18
6 41
3
1
FROMDEFOGGERSW
2
B–Y
W–R
B
R–W
R–W
G
R–Y
G–R
B
R–L
R–W
R–W
B–Y
B–Y
W–R
BB
B
WWG–B
L–OGR
G–R
1
2
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
(A/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
L–B
B–Y
W
W
B–Y B–Y
B–Y
B–W
BR
R G L–O
G–B
B–Y
L–B
BR
B–Y
B
R–W
( A/T
)
9
IAC
V( I
SC
VA
LVE
)
VS
V( F
OR
EG
RS
YS
TEM
)
VS
V( F
OR
FU
EL
PR
ES
SU
RE
–UP
)
+B E1 IG–
FP TE1 VF1 OX
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
E 6 , E 6 , E 7 , E 7 , E 8 , E 8
I1
D 2
V2 V
4
D
A B F C D
A4
B8
IE1
15
B20EA1
15
B8
A5
F14
C7
DC
L( C
HE
CK
CO
NN
EC
TOR
)
C12
1
D7
E1
B–R
B–R
P–L
7 11
B
W G–W G–W G–W
R–L R–L
R–L
–Y
1 13
(*1) (*1)
(EX. *1)
CHECK ENGINEWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
BC11 , C12A
G–W
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
PCME(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T) OR ENGINE ECU (M/T))
B–W
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NC
OIL
VS
V( F
OR
A/C
IDLE
–UP
SY
ST
EM
)
V3
GB
–Y
+B +B1 W
ISC
V
FC
ISC
O
ISC
C
EG
R
FP
U
#20
#10
TE
1
TE
2
(A/T)
(M/T)
VF
STA
NS
W
BA
TT
ELS
G–W
B–W
OX2
W
2
B–Y
TE2
3A9
J/BNO. 3
3D9
3C2
3A
2
R
J/BNO. 3
73
*1 : CANADAUSA (A/T)USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
74
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
II41 II42 II413
IE114
E11 E14
E16
E10
E11
E 5
I10
2
1
16 C
16 F
9 C
9 F
13 C
10 F
2 C
2 F
11 C
1 F
12 C
12 F11 F
5 F
1 C
6 F
6 C
3 D
3 E
20 D
22 C
5 D
17 E
18 D
5 E
17 D
18
16 A
7 E
15 A
21 E
9 A
11 B
ID
2 5 3
1234321
11 1 2 2 34
9 14 54
BR
BR
B–Y
LG–RBR
BR
LG–
R
R–L
R–L W P B
R
PWR–L
B
W–R W
G R B
B L–Y
V–W
V–W
V–W
BR
BR
B B
B
BR BR BR BR
P
V–W
B–W
BR
B
BR
BR
MAP(VACUUM SENSOR)
THROTTLEPOSITIONSENSOR(A/T)
EG
RS
( EG
RG
AS
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
( FO
RC
ALI
FO
RN
IA)
FROMCRUISECONTROL ECU
B L–Y
V–W
TOTACHOMETER
DISTRIBUTOR
PO
WE
RS
TE
ER
ING
EC
U
IGNITER
DX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( MA
IN)
OX
YG
EN
SE
NS
OR
( SU
B)
VC VTA IDL E2
I 3 D 1
P7
T 2V 1
O1
O2
E4
E
(SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
EA35
IE113
BBE 5
B–R
D4
E4
EA13 EA12
IE34 IE35
( M/T
)
( M/T
)
B L–Y
B B
( M/T
)
( M/T
)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( US
A)
A6
A10
(USA)
B
W
OX
2
OX
1
IGF
IGT
TH
G
PIM VC
VT
A
IDL
SP
D
E21 E2
NE
–
NE
+
G+
G–
B L–Y
( A/T
)
( A/T
)
1
COMBINATIONMETER
C11
C10
PS
PS
CT
BR
BR
B
IDU
P
EF
I
SP
D
E11
E 7
E 5
E
D14
E24
D13
E13
D26
E26
E16
EA
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
(SHIELDED)
E 6 , E 6 , E 7 , E 7 , E 8 , E 8
PCME(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T) OR ENGINE ECU (M/T))
A B F C D
F13
C5
B6
A21
B3
A8
C4
F4
C3
F3
C14
A3
2
1 2
1
EA315
E 3EA3
14
BM2
17
BM1
7
IH1
1
21
BM18BM22
IH1
20
EA16
IH117 IH115
BM1(M/T) 6BM2(A/T)16 IE38
R–W
R–W
( M/T
)( M
/T)
BR
BR
BR BR BR Y–G
W–LR–W
BR
P–G
B–
W
P–
G
B–
W
P–G
BR
YY
R
B
TH
W
TH
A
TH
E
AC
A
EO
2
EO
1
E1
R–W
AC
A
(M/T)(A/T)
EC
TS
( EF
IW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
E3
IAT
S( I
NA
IRT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
)
I8
A14A/C THERMISTOR
A/C AMPLIFIERA 9
AC
T
2 10
( A/T
)
AC
T
KN
K
(A/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
(M/T)
( SH
IEL
DE
D)
KNOCKSENSOR
K 1
1
(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)
(M/T) (A/T)
75
76
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
E 6, E 7, E 8 PCME (ENGINE ECU (M/T) OR ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T))
VOLTAGE AT PCME (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORSBATT –E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS+B –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)+B1 –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)IDL –E2 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)VC –E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)VTA –E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
: 3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)PIM –E2 : 3.3–3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)#10, #20 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)THA –E2 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW –E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)STA –E1 : 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING)IGT –E1 : 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING)W –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING)ACT –E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)ACA –E1 : 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON)ISCC, ISCO–E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION)TE1 –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 NOT CONNECTED)
0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND DLC (CHECK CONNECTOR) TE1–E1 CONNECTED)NSW –E1 : 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N RANGE)
9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) EX. POSITION P OR N RANGE)
RESISTANCE AT PCME (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS(DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR)
IDL –E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN)2.3 K OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VTA –E2 : 3.3–10.0 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)0.2–0.8 K (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
VC –E2 : 3.0–7.0 KTHA –E2 : 2.0–3.0 K (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F)THW –E2 : 0.2–0.4 K (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F)G+ – G– : 0.17–0.21 KISCC, ISCO–+B, +B1: 19.3–22.3
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 9 26E 7
C 24 (5S–FE) J 1 26
A14 26E 7
F 24 (5S–FE) J 3 26
C 1 24 (5S–FE)E 8
D 24 (5S–FE) K 1 24 (5S–FE)
C 9 26E 8
E 24 (5S–FE) N 1 24 (5S–FE)
C10 C 26 F 4 26 O 1 24 (5S–FE)
C11 A 26 I 1 24 (5S–FE) O 2 24 (5S–FE)
C12 B 26 I 3 24 (5S–FE) P 7 27
D 1 24 (5S–FE) I 4 24 (5S–FE)T 2
A 24 (5S–FE)
D 2 26 I 5 24 (5S–FE)T 2
B 24 (5S–FE)
E 3 24 (5S–FE) I 6 24 (5S–FE) V 1 24 (5S–FE)
E 4 24 (5S–FE) I 7 24 (5S–FE) V 2 24 (5S–FE)
E 6A 24 (5S–FE) I 8 24 (5S–FE) V 3 24 (5S–FE)
E 6B 24 (5S–FE) I11 26 V 4 24 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
SERVICE HINTS
77
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE1
IE232 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
IH1 32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II1 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM2 36 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATIONEA 28 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSE 1 E11
E 2 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E1428 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
E 328 (5S FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E1528 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
E 5 E16
E 728 (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE
I10 34 COWL WIRE
E 928 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
B2036 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
E10 B2636 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
78
ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)
80
ENGINE COMPARTMENT COOLING FAN (3S–GTE)
2 2 1 2
2 2
2 2
EB17
II313
IE112EB16
M
1
2
E17
EA
2 1
B4
A10
AM2
ST2
10 9
I10
IE44
EB1
3
7. 5AAM2
20AVENT
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–IG
IGNITION SW
COOLINGFAN RELAY(FOR ENGINECOMPARTMENT)
TOFAN MAIN RELAY
TOALTERNATOR
COOLING FAN ECU(FOR ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
ENGINE COMPARTMENTTEMP. SENSOR(FOR COOLING FAN)
COOLINGFAN MOTOR(FOR ENGINECOMPARTMENT)
COOLING FANWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
6 5 1
9 7 2 3
B–O
B–Y
B–R
B–R
R–L
B–Y
R–L
B–Y
B–O
B–R
B–O
B–O
B–R
L–W
L–W
B–Y
L–Y
L–B
G–W
B–R
LL–
W
L–O
L–O
LL
W–B
2 3
1 4
2 2 1 2
3 1 2 3
C 4
E 5
C10 , C11
I11
A B
IG2
C 3
13
1
R–L
J 1
R–L
( EX
.*1
)
( *1)
( *1)
* 1 : (1) CANADA. (2) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
EA15
EA13 EA14
3A9
3D9
J/BNO. 33C
2
81
COOLING FAN RELAY1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION3– 4 : OPEN WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. BELOW 55°C (131°F)
C 3 COOLING FAN ECU1–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY3–1 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9–1 : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION AND ENGINE COMPARTMENT TEMP. MORE THAN 70°C
(158°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 3 25 (3S–GTE) C11 B 26 J 1 26
C 4 25 (3S–GTE) E 5 25 (3S–GTE)
C10 A 26 I11 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EB1 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE132 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE432 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 30 (3S–GTE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E17 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I10 34 COWL WIRE
1 2
5
3 X
6 7 X 9 X
21
1 2X X 9 10
C 3 C 4 C10 C11
E 5 I11
A BBROWN
BLACKBLACK
GRAY
4X X 10
BLUEGRAY
1 X
13
J 1
X
SERVICE HINTS
R2
1 3
2
2 3
1 5
1
2
1
21 2
1
5 5
1 5
51
5
5 5
1 1 5 5
55
II315
II32 II23 II310 II315II314
II312 II39
II222
B 3
B2 C4
A4
C2
A2
C10
C
10
1
A17 A13
C13
A14
C14
A15
C15 B1
A18
C18
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
7. 5AGAUGE
15ATAIL
15AFR FOG
FR
OM
HE
AD
LIG
HT
S
TAILLIGHTRELAY
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RE
LAY
BATTERY
FL MAIN2. 0L
120A
ALT
50A
AM
2
CONTROLCIRCUIT
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W
DOORCOURTESYSW LH
FOG LIGHTSW
FOG LIGHTRELAY
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
IC BF
(USA)
(USA)
(CANADA)
(CANADA)
W
WW
R–B
R–B
R–Y –L LG
G
R W–R
W
R
G–Y
R–L LG
R–L
R
LG–R
R–W R
G–W
W–B
R–B
R–B
G–Y
LG–R
R
R
G–W
R–W
W
R–B
G–Y
WW
W
W–B
W–B
10
11
1 1 2
23
2 13
4 2 1
15
28
W–B
( CA
NA
DA
)
(CANADA)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
1
(CANADA)
( US
A)
( US
A)
(CANADA)
( US
A)
COMBINATION SW
LIGHT RETAINERRELAY[RETRACT CONTROLRELAY]
C15
D10
J 3
R20 , 1
F 3
F3
A
A B
B11
BE
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
(* 1)
(EX. *1
R–Y
R
R–Y
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
( US
A)
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
( CA
NA
DA
)
3A9
3C7
R
J/BNO. 3
3D6
3D
5
) (EX. *1)
J/BNO. 3
3D
12
J/BNO. 3
3C
11
82
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF* 1 : CANADA
USA (A/T)USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
83
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 (CANADA), (F) 4 (USA) OF THE RETRACT CONTROLREALY THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE.
VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A) 2 (CANADA), (F) 2 (USA) OF THE RETRACT CONTROL REALY. THROUGH THETAILLIGHT RELAY COIL, AND TO TERMINAL (A) 10 (CANADA), (F) 10 (USA) THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY COIL.
1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION<TURN TAILLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAILLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 13 (CANADA), (F) 13 (USA) OFTHE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 2 (CANADA), (F) 2 (USA)OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHTTO TURN ON.
<TURN HEADLIGHT ON>
WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A) 13 (CANADA), (F) 13 (USA)AND (A) 14 (CANADA), (F) 14 (USA) OF THE RETRACT CONTROL REALY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL (A) 10 (CANADA), (F) 10 (USA) OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) → TO GROUND IN THEHEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAMEAS ABOVE.
2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONWITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL (A) 4 (CANADA), (F) 4 (USA) OF THE RELAY),WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL (A) 15 (CANADA), (F) 15 (USA) OF THE RELAY), THERELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 2 (CANADA), (F) 2 (USA) OF THE RELAY TOTERMINAL (A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A) 10 (CANADA), (F) 10 (USA) TO TERMINAL(A) 18 (CANADA), (F) 18 (USA) IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT.
AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICSLLY.
R20 (A) LIGHT RETAINER RELAY [RETRACT CONTROL RELAY] (USA)(A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A)10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A)15–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(A)18–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(A)13–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION(A)14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(A)17–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG
LIGHT SW ON
R20 (C), R21(B) LIGHT RETAINER RELAY [RETRACT CONTROL RELAY] (CANADA)(C) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(C) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(C)10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(C)15–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN(C)18–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY(C)13–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION(C)14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION(B) 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FOG LIGHT SW ON(B) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
84
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 26 J 3 26 R21 B 27
D10 27R20
A 27
F 3 26R20
C 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 32 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 34 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 3 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B11 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
85
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA)
HEADLIGHT RELAY(5) 2– (5) 3: CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C11 B 26 H 2 27 R22 27
C12 A 26 H 3 27 R23 27
C14 B 26 J 3 26
C15 A 26 R20 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 B 3
I 5 34 COWL WIRE B11 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I10 B13
SERVICE HINTS
5
5
5 5
2 1
3
2 1
3
II26
B11
B 3
I10
I 5 II2
3
A
10
B1
II2
13
ICIB
II25
15AHEAD (LH)
15AHEAD (RH)
HIGH BEAMINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. SW]
BATTERY
10
1 3
8
2 2
I 2
A9 A11 B20
A
12 A13 A14 A3
HOLD
TAIL
HEAD
FLASH
LOW
HIGH
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
WD
IMM
ER
SW
R–G
R–BWW
R–Y
R–L
R–L
R–Y
R–Y R R R R
W
R–L
R–
LW
–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
RR
W–B
R–L
R
R
R
R–Y
R–L
W
W
(*1)
( EX
.*1
)
( EX
.*1
)
( *1)
(* 1)
(EX. *1)
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH
COMBINATION SW
FL MAIN2. 0L
C14 , C15
A
B
C11 , C12
A
B
W–B
H 2 H 3
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
4 1
OFF
3C
10
3C11
J/BNO. 3
3D6
3D4
3D
5
J/B
NO
.3
86
HEADLIGHT (FOR USA) *1 : (1) A/T(2) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR
WOOFER SPEAKER
5
55 5
B13
B13M
UP
DOWNM
DOWN
UP
BF BE
30ARTR
5 5
33 1
3
1
2 424
22
1
3
HEADLIGHTRELAY
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
RETRACT MOTORLH
RETRACT MOTORRH
R
R–G
L R G
W–RYL
W–BR
RL
L Y
W–B
W–B
R R
W–R
W
W W
R
Y
L
Y
L
R20
R22 R23
5
5
3 18 9 1 6 5 7 16
14
10 8
B11
W–B
W–B
W–B
87
5 5 5
55
5 5
II26II23
II315
II314
B11
B 5
I 5
B16
2
1
2
1
2 1
3
2 1
3
1 3 1
3 1
11
12 14 13
14
2 4
222
17
IB IC BF BE
I 2
9
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
15AFR FOG
15AHEAD (RH)
15AHEAD (LH)
LIGHT CONTROLSW ” HEAD”
DIMMER SW” HIGH”
HEADLIGHTLH
HEADLIGHTRH FOG LIGHT
RELAY
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
COMBINATION SW
FO
GLI
GH
TLH F
OG
LIG
HT
RH
FOG
LIG
HT
SW
R–B
G–Y R
G–Y
R–B
R–B
R RW
–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
R
R
RRR–Y
R–Y
R–Y
R–Y R
–L
R–Y
R–L
R–B
R–G
R R
R–Y
R–Y
W–B
R
R
W–B
(*1)
C15
R20
H 2 H 3
F6
F7
F3
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
( *1)
( *1)
41
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
R–Y
( M/T
)
( A/T
)
B16
B11
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
( EX
.*1
)
W–B
2
1
B 4
II44
A5
B1
RR
W–B
R–Y
FO
GLI
GH
TIN
DIC
AT
OR
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ETE
R]A
C11
,C
12B
3D6
3D
4
3D
5 J/BNO. 3
3C11
J/BNO. 3 3C
10
88
FOG LIGHT (FOR USA)* 1 : (1) A/T
(2) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS POWER WINDOW ORWOOFER SPEAKER
89
C15 COMBINATION SW9–12: CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
FOG LIGHT RELAY(5) 4– (5) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION, DIMMER SW AT LOW POSITION AND FOG LIGHT SW ON
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 26 F 7 27 J 3 26
F 3 26 H 2 27 R20 27
F 6 27 H 3 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 234 COWL WIRE
B 5
I 534 COWL WIRE
B11 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 4 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B16
X X
11X 9 12 13 14
1 2 X
X 14 17
C15
R20F 3 F 6, F 7 H 2, H 3
BLACK
1
X
J 3
4
1
2 3
BLACK
1 2
BLACK
1 5
B AC11 C12BLUE GRAY
SERVICE HINTS
5
5 5
5 555
2 1
3
2 1
3
5
I 5 II2
3
B11
B 3
I10 II2
5
IB
1
2
I 2
B1A3 A18
II315
B20A9A11
II2
13
B3
A13A14
A3A12A14A2A13
A10
A
10
B1
3113
10
2 2228
15AHEAD(RH)
15AHEAD(LH)
HEADLIGHTRELAY
FL MAIN2. 0L
120A
ALT
50A
AM
1
5
OFF
HOLD
TAIL
HEAD
FLASH
LOW
HIGH
LIG
HT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
DIM
ME
RS
W
W
R–L
R–B
R–G
R–LR
–YR–W
LG–R
R–W
R
R–Y
R–L
R–L
R–Y
R
W–R
R
W
W
W
W
W
R–W R
R–L R–L
R
LG–RII3
2LG–R
R–L
R R
W–B
W–B
G–W
W–B
G–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
R
W–B
FOG LIGHTSW
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
BA
TTE
RY
COMBINATION SW
F 3
C14 , C15
C11
,C
12
A
BA
B
H
T
LO
HLD SWFG GND
BRK
R–L
II26
R–Y
H2
HE
AD
LIG
HT
LH
HE
AD
LIG
HT
RH
H3
A12
B 7
TO
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LEV
EL
SW
FR
OM
BR
AK
EW
AR
NIN
GLI
GH
T[C
OM
B.
ME
TE
R]
R–W
R–W
R–W
RL
II216
R–W
W–B
W–B
IC
W–B
W–B1
6JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
A5
HIG
HB
EA
M
FO
G
R
R
J 3
3D
3C11
J/BNO. 3
12
3C10
90
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
BF
MUP
DOWN
5
4 2
3
1
M
DOWN
UP
5
2 41
3
BE
B13
B13
B4 A9 A1 A6 A5 A7 A16
A4 A8 A2
B2
2
1
2
1
B16
2 3
1 5
5 5
2 3
1 5
5 1 5
5 5
5111 151
II2
22
B 4
B 3
II312II39
15AFR FOG
30ARTR
7. 5AGAUGE
TAILLIGHTRELAY 15A
TAIL
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2 3 4 1
1 2 1 2
YL L R G
W–RY
W–B W
–B
R RR
L
Y
L
Y
R
RETRACTMOTOR LH
RETRACTMOTOR RH
R23R22
FR
OM
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R”
L”
TO
TAIL
LIG
HT
S
DAYTIME RUNNINGLIGHT RELAY[RETRACT CONTROL RELAY]
FOG LIGHTRELAY
R–G
GLGLG
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–B
R–B
R
W
W W
W
W
W W
G–Y
W
WG
–Y
A B
RTIG PB
RDRL
SUP SDWNPKB MLH LSL LSR MRH
RETRACT CONTROLCIRCUIT
II411
Y
DELAYMEMORY
LB5
II413
I 4
1
R–B
R–B
R–B
FRO
MA
BS
EC
U
P1
FO
GLI
GH
TLH
FO
GLI
GH
TR
H
F6
F7
R–B
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
R20 , R21
W–B
W–B
W–B W–BB11 B16
W–B W–B
W–B
B 4II4
4 RR R
3A9
3C
7J/BNO. 3
91
92
HEADLIGHT AND FOG LIGHT (FOR CANADA)
CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY FLOWS CONTINOUSLY FROM FL 2.0L → ALT FUSE → AM1 FUSE→ TALLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) →TERMINAL RT OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY, FL 2.0L → ALT FUSE → AM1 FUSE → FOGLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINALRDRL OF RETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IG OF THE RETRACTCONTROL RELAY.
DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE IS GENERATED AT TERMINAL “L” OF THE ALTERNATOR AND VOLTAGE IS APPLIED TOTERMINAL “L” OF THE RETRACT CONTROL RELAY.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THEDAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS SYSTEM DOSE NOT OPERATE.
IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS THEN RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ’PKB’ OF THERELAY.
THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO TAILLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → TAIL FUSE → TAIL,LICENCE AND FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHTS, ETC. → GROUND.
ALSO, CURRENT FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO FOG FUSE → FOG LIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → FOG LIGHTS → GROUND, SO BOTHTAIL AND FOG LIGHTS LIGHT UP. THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS SYSTEM OPERATES AND TAIL, FOG LIGHT HAVELIGHTED UP, THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHT REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON).
EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL ’L’ OF ALTERNATOR, THETAIL AND FOG LIGHTS REMAIN ON.
IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF.
IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTSSYSTEM OPERATES AND THE TAIL AND FOG LIGHTS LIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS.
R20, R21 RETRACT CONTROL RELAYRT, PB, RL–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12VOLTS
IG–GROUND:0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT LOCK OR ACC POSITION12VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
HLD–GROUND:NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT OFF OR HEAD POSITIONCONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HOLD OR TAIL POSITION
T–GROUND:NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT OFF OR HOLD POSITIONCONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
H–GROUND:NO CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTOL SW AT OFF, HOLD OR TAIL POSITIONCONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION
GND–GROUND:ALWAYS CONTINUITYLSL–SDWN, LSR–SDWN:NO CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT LOWERMOST POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT ANY POSITION EXCEPT LOWERMOST POSITIONLSR–SUP, LSL–SUP:NO CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT UPPERMOST POSITION
CONTINUITY WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT ANY POSITION EXCEPT UPPERRMOST POSITIONPKB–GROUND:CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON)
R22, R23 RETRACT MOTOR2–3:OPEN WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT LOWERMOST POSITION2–1:OPEN WITH RETRACT MOTOR AT UPPERMOST POSITION
LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATIONPLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 74)
C15 DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]9–12:CLOSED WITH DIMMER SW AT HIGH OR FLASH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C11 B 26 F 6 27 P 1 26
C12 A 26 F 7 27 R20 A 27
C14 B 26 H 2 27 R21 B 27
C15 A 26 H 3 27 R22 27
F 3 26 J 3 26 R23 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
93
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 B 4
I 434 COWL WIRE
B 7
I 534 COWL WIRE
B11 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I10 B13
36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 3 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B16
5
5
II32
II222
B 2
B11
B12
B 3
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
(USA)2
(USA)13 A
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
BF BE
FR
ON
TC
LEA
RA
NC
ELI
GH
T
FR
ON
TS
IDE
MA
RK
ER
LIG
HT
FL
MA
IN2.
0L12
0AA
LT
50A
AM
1
RETRACTCONTROL RELAY
RH RHLHLH
11
2
2
10
COMBINATION SW
BATTERY
G
G
G
W–B
W–B
W
LG–R
GG
W–
B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
W–
B
G G G
LG–R
W–B
W
C15
F14 F12F13 F11
A
A
2 B (CANADA)
(CANADA)13 B
B
B 4G
IC
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 31
R20 , R20
I10
W
LG
G
LG
LG–
R
W
LG–
RF
RO
MD
IOD
E( F
OR
DA
YT
IME
RU
NN
ING
LIG
HT
)
3C11
J/BNO. 3
94
TAILLIGHT
B28
B28
2
1
5
1
B28
B27
BG BI
LICENCEPLATELIGHT
TAIL ANDREAR SIDEMARKER LIGHT[REAR COMB.LIGHT]
RHLH
L 1R 6 R 7
W–B
W–B
GG
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
5
1
II217 IE110
I10
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
18
3
G
G
G
G G
G G
J 2
(EX. *1)
(*1)
( EX
.* 1
)
( *1)
( *1)
( EX
.* 1
)
G
G
(CANADA)
( US
A)
1 1 1 1
324
511
W
15ATAIL
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
1
I 1
W
LG
G
G
G
G
(CANADA)
G G
G
G
G
G
(CANADA)
TOPANEL RELAY
TO
DIO
DE
( FO
RE
LEC
TR
ICA
LID
LE–
UP
)
3C1
J/BNO. 3
95
*1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
TAILLIGHT RELAY(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
SERVICE HINTS
96
TAILLIGHT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 26 F14 27 R 6 27
F11 27 J 2 26 R 7 27
F12 27 J 3 26R20
A 27
F13 27 L 1 27R20
B 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 134 COWL WIRE
B1136 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I1034 COWL WIRE
B1236 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 2 B2736 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 3 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE B2836 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B 4
97
ILLUMINATION (FOR USA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A10 B 26 H 1 26 R 3 C 26
A12 A 26 J 1 26 R 4 26
A19 26 J 2 26 R20 27
C 7 26 J 3 26 S11 A 27
C11 26 O 4 26 S14 B 27
C15 26 R 1 A 26
F 3 26 R 2 B 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3B
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 I 7
I 334 COWL WIRE
I 8 34 COWL WIRE
I 434 COWL WIRE
I10
34 COWL WIRE
I 5
1 1 1 1 1
5
5
II32
II222 II39
2
13
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LIG
HT
CO
NTR
OL
SW
FL
MA
IN2.
0L12
0AA
LT
50A
AM
1
RETRACTCONTROL RELAY
11
322
2
511
2
10
COMBINATIONSW
BATTERY
W
WW
LGLG
–RLG
LG–R
W–B
W
15ATAIL TAILLIGHT
RELAY
C15
R20
JUNCTION CONNECTORG 3
J 2
(*1)
I10 I10
4
2
2
1
5
4
I 7
I 2
I 8
A18 A1
B8 A4
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
A10
,A1
2
B
B
G G G G G
G
G
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–R
G
G–O
G–O
G
G
G
G G
G–O
G–O
G
9 7 10 6
(EX. *1)
( *1)
TO A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
(EX
.*1
)
( *1)
( EX
.*1
)
( *1)
( *1)
( W/O
AB
S)
G
(* 2)
(EX. *1)
G
( W/
AB
S)
O/D
MA
INS
W
AS
HTR
AY
ILLM
INA
TIO
N
FOG
LIG
HT
TO A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
O4
A19 F
3
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
G
(A/T)
(A/T)
G–R
I 8
G
G
(A/T)
W–B
G–OG–O
98
ILLUMINATION (FOR USA)
I 4
I 7
I 5
1
2B10
C 2
A9
C5
9
8
I 8I 3
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
(W/O WOOFER SPEAKER)
1
4 2
3 1
17
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
CIG
AR
ET
TE
LIG
HT
ER
ILLU
MIN
AT
ION
RA
DIO
AN
DP
LAY
ER
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR RHEOSTAT
G
G–
O
W–G
G–
O
G–O
G G
GG
G
G–O
G
G–R
W–BW–B
R 4
J 2
C7
R1
,R
2,
R3
C11
J 1
A
AB
( *1)
( *1)
( EX
.* 1
)
W–B
IC
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 31
3
2
I10 I10
I 2
I10
G–
O
G
G
G GG
G
GG
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G
G–O
5 2 4G
GG
G
(*1)
(* 2)
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
(*1)TO CLOCK(*
1)
( *1)
( EX
.* 1
)
TO
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
( EX
.*1
)
( *1) ( EX
.*1
)
( EX
.* 1
)
( EX
.*1
)
G
(EX. *1)
HAZARD SWH 1
( *1)
(* 1) (* 1)
W–B
(EX. *1)
G–R
W–B
B3
A6
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
(W/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
G
(A/T)
TO
A/T
IND
ICA
TO
RLI
GH
T
S11 , S14A B
G
( EX
.* 1
)
G–O
W–B
G–R
TO
CLO
CK
3B
6
3B
5
J BNO. 3
3C5
J/B NO. 3
3A1
3D
10
J/BNO. 3
3D11
3C
11
99
∗2 : M/T WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKWR
∗1 : (1) A/T(2) M/T WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
TAILLIGHT RELAY(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
R 4 RHEOSTAT1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
SERVICE HINTS
1 1 1
1 1
5
5
II32
II222 II39
OFF
TAIL
HEAD
LIG
HT
CO
NT
RO
LS
W
FL
MA
IN2.
0L
120A
AL
T
50A
AM
1
RETRACTCONTROL RELAY
11
32
4
2
51
1
2
10
COMBINATIONSW
BATTERY
W
W
W
LGLG
–R
LGLG
–R
W–B
W
15ATAIL
7. 5APANEL
C15
R20
A1 B18
A4 B8
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
G–O
G–
R
G–O
3
A10
,A
12A
B
J 2
1
I10
I10 I10
G
LG–R
G
LG
–R
G–R
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W
10 1
4
1 4
2
1
1
23
PA
NE
LR
ELA
Y
DIODE(FOR DAYTIMERUNNING LIGHTSYSTEM)
D 5
TO
IDLE
–UP
DIO
DE
TO
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
TO
A/C
CO
NT
RO
LA
SS
EM
BLY
W
TAILLIGHTRELAY
P16
13
2
G–R
W–B
100
ILLUMINATION (FOR CANADA)
2
1
1
2
3
210
A9
C5
9
8
I 8I 3I 2
I 8
(* 2)
(* 1)
(* 2)
9 5 2
4 2
3 1
17
JUNCTION CONNECTOR
AS
HT
RA
YIL
LUM
INA
TIO
N
CIG
AR
ET
TE
LIG
HT
ER
ILLU
MIN
AT
ION
RA
DIO
AN
DP
LAY
ER
HAZARD SW
CO
MB
NA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR RHEOSTAT
G–O
G–O
W–
G
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–O
G–R
W–B–B
R 4
J 2
A19
C7
R1
,R
2,
R3
H 1
C11
J 1
AB
W–B
IC
5
4
FO
GLI
GH
TS
W
F3
I 4
BA2 (* 1)
7 4 8 6
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–W G
G–W
G–W
G–W
G–
W
TO
CLO
CK
G–W
G–R
A6
B3G
G
( *1)
( *1
)
S1
1,
S14
AB
ST
ER
EO
CO
MP
ON
EN
TA
MP
LIF
IER
G–O
C
( *2)
G–O
W–B
1
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
3A13C5
J/B NO. 3
W3D
10
J/BNO. 3
3C
11
101
*1 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER*2 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
TAILLIGHT RELAY(1) 5– (1) 3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF)
R 4 RHEOSTAT1–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED
CLOCKWISE
SERVICE HINTS
102
ILLUMINATION (FOR CANADA)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A10 B 26 F 3 26 R 2 B 26
A12 A 26 H 1 26 R 3 C 26
A19 26 J 1 26 R 4 26
C 7 26 J 2 26 R20 27
C11 26 J 3 26 S11 A 27
C15 26 P16 26 S14 B 27
D 5 26 R 1 A 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 234 COWL WIRE
I 834 COWL WIRE
I 334 COWL WIRE
I1034 COWL WIRE
103
5
I10
2
1
4
5
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
IE111 BL12 IF13 IJ11
I18
B18
2
1
BL11 IF214 IF12 IJ14
I10
1 1212
I10
I10
15ADOME
4
I 4 I 4
2
1
IF213
IC
IF1
10 2
6
4
1
RR
R
R
R R R G–O
R–W
R
R–L
G–O
R–W
W–B
R–W
R–W
R–W
R
R
RR R R
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
G–O
W–B R
–WR
–W
R–W
R–B
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
G–O G–O G–O
R–W R–W R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B LG–R
INTERIOR LIGHTCONTROL RELAY(W/O DOOR KEYCYLINDER LIGHT)
R
R
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T
OP
EN
DO
OR
WA
RN
ING
LIG
HT
[CO
MB
.M
ET
ER
]
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T
DO
OR
KE
YC
YLI
ND
ER
LIG
HT
IGN
ITIO
NK
EY
CY
LIN
DE
RLI
GH
T
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
LIG
HT
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
LIG
HT
RH
R–W
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TD
OO
RC
OU
RTE
SY
SW
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
OUTSIDEHANDLE SW
INTERIOR LIGHTCONTROL RELAY(W/ DOOR KEYCYLINDER LIGHT)
D12
I 9
I 9
D9
D8
I10
D12
I10
C10
R10
R8 D
10
D11
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1 A
3 A 2 A
A
1 B 2 B
3 B
B
B
B
R R
2
II3
3
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
IB
(*2)
*1) (*1)
( *1)
(* 1)
( *2)
(* 1)
( *2)
( *1)
(* 1)
( *2)
(* 1)
( *1)
I10
I 2W–B
W–B
LEFT RIGHT
LEF
T
DO
OR
RIG
HT
PERSONALLIGHT
P 3
4 6
(CANADA)(USA)
3D12
J/BNO. 3
(3D1
3A
10
3D
7
J/BNO. 3
3D2
104
INTERIOR LIGHT W/O DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHTW/ DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT* 1 :
* 2 :
105
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
D11 DOOR COURTESY SW RH1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C10 26 D12 27 P 3 27
D 8 27I 9
A 26 R 8 27
D 9 27I 9
B 26 R10 27
D10 27 I10 26
D11 27 J 3 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2 32 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BL1 36 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE RIGHT FRONT PILLAR)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 I18 34 COWL WIRE
I 4 34 COWL WIRE B18 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I10
12 12
12
1 2
1 2
3 X
1 2
3 4 X 6
B
C10 D 8, D 9 D10, D11 D12 I 9
I 9
GREENABROWN
54X
12
1
I10 P 3 R 8 R10 GRAYGRAY
1
X
J 3
1 2
1 24 6
SERVICE HINTS
1
3
5
1
II35 IE13 IE12
II36
II3
11
2
3
2
3
5
6
5
6
I10
I10
B12
IC BE BG
3
7 9 5 6 5 1 8
1
13 12
810
12
W–B
W–B
G–Y
G–Y
G–Y
G–B
G–RG–R
G–OG–O
R–Y
G–W
G–O
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–O
G–Y
G–B
G–Y
G–B
G–B
W–B
G–B
W–B
W–B
G–Y G
–B
G–Y
W–B
W–B
W–B
G–W
15AHAZ–HORN
7. 5ATURN
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
G–Y
FROMRETRACT MOTOR LH
LH RH
INDICATOR LIGHTS[COMB. METER]
FRONT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT LH
FRONT TURNSIGNAL LIGHT RH
C11
F14
J 3
TURN SIGNALFLASHER
TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]HAZARD SWC15H 1
T 4
HAZARDOFF
ON
RH
LHTURN
1 2
BI
B28W–B
W–B
BF
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
1
W–B
F13
RE
AR
TU
RN
SIG
NA
LLI
GH
TLH
[RE
AR
CO
MB
.LI
GH
TLH
]
RE
AR
TU
RN
SIG
NA
LLI
GH
TR
H[R
EA
RC
OM
B.
LIG
HT
RH
]
R6
R7
3C
9
J/BNO. 3
3A
5
J/BNO. 3
3A
8J/BNO. 3
3A7
3C
10
J/BNO. 3
106
TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT
107
T 4 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR THE HAZARD SW ON1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR WITH HAZARDSW ON3–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C11 26 F14 27 R 6 27
C15 26 H 1 26 R 7 27
F13 27 J 3 26 T 4 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I10 34 COWL WIRE B28 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B12 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
1 X 5 X
X 8
X
5
X
6 7 8 9 10
56 56
1
2 3
J 3
F13 F14
T 4R 7R 6H 1
BLACK
BLACK
1
X
C15
2 3 2 3131 12
C11 BLUE
SERVICE HINTS
108
BACK–UP LIGHT
2
E 3 B27
B28
BI BG
5
4
5
4
EB17
EA3
13
A5
B1
B2
A6
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
7. 5AECU–IG
BACK–UPLIGHT SW
BACK–UP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB. LIGHTRH]
BACK–UP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB. LIGHTLH]
(M/T)(A/T)
B–Y R–B R–B R–B R–B
W–B
B–Y
R–B
W–B
W–B
3
2
B 1 , N 1
R 6R 7
W–B
TOA/T INDICATORLIGHT (A/T)
B A
R–B
( A/T
)5 6
45 45
N 1 R 7R 6B 1 B A
2 1
GRAY
B 1(B), N 1(A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW(A) 6–5, (B) 2–1 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 1 B 24 (5S–FE) , 25 (3S–GTE) R 6 27
N 1 A 24 (5S–FE) R 7 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
2 20 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO.2 INNER)
EB128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (R/B NO 2 INNER)EB130 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREB27
32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREE 330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREB28
32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
109
STOP LIGHT
1
B23
B27
B28 B24
5
3
5
3
2
1
IE1
4
A1
B1
B2
A2
BI BG
2
1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
R–
W
G–W G–W G–W
G–W
W–B W–B
G–W
G–
WW
–B
W–
B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP LIGHT RH[REAR COMB.LIGHT RH]
STOP LIGHT LH[REAR COMB.LIGHT LH]
HIGH MOUNTSTOP LIGHT
W–
B
S 9
R 7 R 6 H 4
15ASTOP
STOP LIGHTSW
A B
2 1
35
BAH 4 R 6, R 7 S 9 S 9BLUE
1 2 1
X
2
X
W–B
BN11
G–
W
BN1
3 W–
B
S 9 STOP LIGHT SW(A) 1 – (A) 3 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/ CRUISE CONTROL)(B) 1 – (B) 2 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
H 4 27 R 7 27 S 9 B 26
R 6 27 S 9 A 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BN1 36 ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B2336 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B2736 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B2436 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
B2836 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
2 16
6 4 3 7 10
1 15
9
8
2
2 3
1
1 5
11
I 1
I10
IF24
IJ22 IJ21 IJ212
IF23IF22
1 12
32
1
2
IF110
M1 2
M1 2
4 1
3 25
IB
DO
WN
UP
DO
WN
UP
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
7. 5AGAUGE
20ADOOR
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
DIODE(FOR POWER WINDOW)
R–B
W–L
W–B
R–BR–BR–LR–L
–L
L
R
W–B
L–W
L
W–B
W–B
W–BR–W
R G
G R–L
R–LG
G R–L
LL–
W
G R
DO
WN
UP
POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
DOOR LOCK ECU
DOORCOURTESYSW LH
POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
SW
RH
LOCK
NORMAL
D10
P 2
P15
P12
P13
D 6
J 1
POWER MAINRELAY
1
2
1
30APOWER
IE42
IC
7 194
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
1
RR
W–B
L–W
W–B
R–L
W–B
D 7
P14
J 1
+–
+–
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
1
FR
OM
TH
EF
TD
ETE
RR
EN
TE
CU
I 2
W–B W–B
4 6
(CANADA)(USA)
J/BNO. 3
R
3C 3C
8 7
3D
9
3A9
(M/T)(A/T)
3D10
J/BNO. 3
3B4
3B6
J/BNO. 3
110
POWER WINDOW
111
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE. WITH THE IGNITION SWTURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 →GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 9 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S).
1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW)WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN UP POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TOTERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR LH (DRIVER’S) → MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, ANDCAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEINGPUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL4 OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATIONAND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE, LOWERING THE WINDOW.
2. AUTO DOWN OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE DRIVER’S SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENTFLOWING TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWERWINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTORTO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE. THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE DRIVER’S SWBEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION.
WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESCENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW ANDTERMINAL 6 INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE DRIVER’S SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROMTERMINAL 9 OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 4 IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS.
3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOWWHEN THE DRIVER’S SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THEMASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 6, SO THE MOTOR STOPS,CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE DRIVER’S SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THEUPWARD DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION.
4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW)WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWERWINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WINDOW MOTOR → MOTOR →TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 6 →GROUND, AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATIONCONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DESCENDS, THE CURRENTFLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FLOM TERMINAL 1 → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTORROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THEPASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN.
AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 9 OFTHE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CANNOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS.
5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATIONWITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF, THE DOOR LOCK ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE→ TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TOGROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL2 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 5 OF POWERWINDOW SW RH (PASSENGER’S). AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. IT IS POSSIBLETO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW BY FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY. ALSO, BY OPENING THE DOOR (DOOR COURTESYSW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECONDS AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOORLOCK ECU. AS A RESULT, THE ECU TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE WINDOW STOPS.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
112
POWER WINDOW
D7 DOOR LOCK ECU8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED OFF. BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW LH2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
P12 POWER WINDOW SW RH5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF. BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
P13 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH6–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS
TURNED OFF. BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DRIVER’S SW AT UP POSITION4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DRIVER’S SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN
POSITION
WINDOW LOCK SWOPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 6 26 J 3 26 P14 27
D 7 26 P 2 26 P15 27
D10 27 P12 27
J 1 26 P13 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL AND WIRE FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2 32 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ2 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 134 COWL WIRE
I10 34 COWL WIRE
I 234 COWL WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
113
1 1
8 1 15
R–L R–L
W–L
R–B
3
20ADOOR
7. 5AGAUGE
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
DOOR LOCK ECU
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
TOPOWER MAINRELAY
D 7
5
1
I10
I10
IF27 IF28 IF26 IF25IF211IF210IF29
4
7 4 3 6
7
L
W–B
L–B
L–W
L–R
W–B
L–B L–
W
B–Y B
L–B
L–W
B
R–B
G–B
L–W
L–B
B–YL–
B
L–W
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
UNLOCKWARNINGSW
I11 J 1
M
1
I 11 112 2R–L R–BR–L
G–BL–
Y
IC
B4 B2 B1
A1A2A5 A3
A4
B3
A6
W–R
6
1 2
3
1 2
B18 B19
W–B
L–R
G–B
R–B
R–B B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
DO
OR
LOC
KK
EY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOC
KS
WLH
PO
WE
RW
IND
OW
MA
ST
ER
SW
AN
DD
OO
RLO
CK
CO
NT
RO
LS
WLH
DOOR LOCKMOTOR LH
DIODE(FOR POWERWINDOW)
R–B
W–B
D 6J 1
D16
D14
P13
( W/O
TH
EF
TD
ETE
RR
EN
T)
( W/
TH
EF
TD
ET
ER
RE
NT
)
A B
2
1
UN
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
LOC
K
IF1
10
W–B
14
6
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
IF2 12
FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU
L–R
W–R
W–B
I10
L
I10B–Y FROM THEFT
DETERRENT ECU
I 2
I11
IB ID
W–B
W–B
W–BW
–B
6
4
(CANADA)(USA)
FRO
MS
EA
TB
ELT
WA
RN
ING
RE
LAY
L
LOCKTIMER
KEY OFFPOWER WINDOW
UNLOCKTIMER
9
B–Y
16
J/B NO. 3
3D
9
3C 3C
87
(M/T)(A/T)
3A
9
3B7
3D
10
J/BNO. 3
114
DOOR LOCK
115
M
IJ210 IJ28 IJ25IJ24IJ23
I10
2 2
5 10 12 2 14
R–B
L–O B R R
B
R–B
L–B
L–W
L–O
R–B
G–B
R–B
B
L–W
L–B
R–B
B
G–B
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
D10
D11
DOOR LOCK ECUD 7
A5 A4
B3
B4 B2 B1
A2A3A6 A1
4
2 3
3
1 2
IJ26IJ29
I10
I11
1 1
11 13
G–B
B–Y
R
W–R
G–B
B–
Y
B
R
G–
B
B–Y
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
B
W–B
W–B
( W/O
TH
EF
TD
ET
ER
RE
NT
)( W
/T
HE
FT
DE
TE
RR
EN
T)
DO
OR
LOC
KK
EY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOO
KS
WR
H
DO
OR
LOC
KC
ON
TR
OL
SW
RH
DOOR LOCKMOTOR RH
D17 A B
D15
D13
IJ1
10W–B
UN
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
LOC
K
LOC
K
IJ2 13
FROM THEFTDETERRENT ECU
W–R
B15
W–B
FR
OM
TH
EF
TD
ET
ER
RE
NT
EC
U
FR
OM
TH
EF
TD
ET
ER
RE
NT
EC
U
R–W
R–W
DUBLEOPERATIONCIRCUIT SEQURITY
3B6
3B4
J/BNO. 3
116
DOOR LOCK
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE.
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE DOOR LOCK ECUAND TERMINAL 1 OF DIODE → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 15 OF DOOR LOCK ECU.
1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATIONTO CHANGE DOOR LOCK SW AND KEY SW TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 10, 12 OF THE DOORLOCK ECU AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL(A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH),(A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND ANDDOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSES THE DOOR LOCK.
2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATIONTO CAHNGE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINALS 11, 13OF THE DOOR LOCK ECU, AND CAUSES THE ECU TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3→ TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS →TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16→ TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK.
3. DUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATIONWHEN THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS MECHANICALLYUNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9OF THE ECU, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SWITCH TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAINCURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFTDETERRENT) OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFT DETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) →TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THEPASSENGER’S DOOR.
4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION∗ OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (IN DOOR LOCK MOTORS OPERATION)
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKKNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF THE ECU.AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THEDOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SW
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED INMOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE ECU. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUTSIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN THE ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/THEFT DETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THEDOORS TO UNLOCK.
∗ IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK
WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOORAFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE ECU. BY THIS INPUTS SIGNAL, THE ECUWORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A)2 (LH), (A)3 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT), (B)2 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS → TERMINAL (A)5 (LH), (A)6 (RH) (W/ THEFTDETERRENT), (B)4 (W/O THEFT DETERRENT) → TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THEDOORS TO UNLOCK.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
117
D6 DOOR LOCK ECU16–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY
2–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN8–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS FOR 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATIONS:
* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER
FUNCTION)* DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION)* UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH A KEY
4–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION:* DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW IS LOCKED* LOCKING THE DRIVER’S PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY
10–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED14–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN
6–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED5–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED
11–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED13–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
7–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN THE KEY CYLINDER1–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION9–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY
15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND STAYS AT 12 VOLTS FOR 60 SECONDS AFTER THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED OFF, BUT IF A DOOR IS OPENED IN THIS 60 SECOND PERIOD, VOLTAGE WILL DROP TO 0 VOLTS
12–GROUND: CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW
1–5: CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
D14, D15 KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW1–3: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY2–3: CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW2–GROUND: CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
D 6 26 D14 27 D17 B 27
D 7 26 D15 27 I11 26
D10 27D16
A 27 J 1 26
D11 27D16
B 27 J 3 26
D13 27 D17 A 27 P13 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LIFT KICK PANEL)
IF2 32 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ2 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
SERVICE HINTS
118
DOOR LOCK
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 1 B15 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 234 COWL WIRE
B1836 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I1034 COWL WIRE
B1936 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I11
119
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 4 26 D10 27 J 3 26
C10 B 26 I11 26 S 8 26
C11 A 26 J 1 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II3 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTSI10 34 COWL WIRE
5
4
TIMER
BUZZER
5
1 2
2
1
15ADOME
7. 5AGAUGE
R
1 2 5
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY
6 7 3 4
LW
–B
W–
B
RW
–BUN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W[IG
NIT
ION
SW
]
DOOR COURTESYSW LH BUCKLE SW
I11
1
R
R
( EX
.* 1
)
3B83B73B9
J/B NO. 3
1
2
II33
RR
R–L
BR
–R
R–
L
12
D10 B 4
R
S 8
IC
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
R–W
FR
OM
DO
OR
LOC
KE
CU
A4
B7
R–L
R–L
R–L
SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
C10 , C11B A
(EX
.*1
)
( *1)
(* 1)
1 13JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 1
I10
L
L
( *1)
( *1)
W–B 1
*1 : (1)CANADA(2)USA (A/T)(3)USA (M/T)WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
3D1
3B12
J/BNO. 3
3B83B73B9
J/B NO. 3
3B10
3A9
J/BNO. 3
3C2
3D9
3B5
3B6
J/BNO. 3
120
UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING
121
CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY THROUGH DOME FUSE.
1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEMWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY. AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELTWARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS, CURRENTFLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THEWARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP, A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 6 → GROUND ANDTHE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF THE SEAT BELT IS PUT ON (BUCKLE SWON) DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY STOPS AND THECURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP.
2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEMWITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK SW ON). THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOORCOURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY, THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY OPERATES,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS.
I11 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW]1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER
S 8 SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN7–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
5–GROUND : 0 VOLTS FOR 4–8 SECONDS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND APPROX. 12 VOLTS 4–8 SECONDS AFTER IGNITION SW ON1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D10 DOOR COURTESY SW2–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN
B 4 BUCKLE SW1–2: CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
M
2 4 3
II211 II210 II29
OF
F
MIS
T
INT
LOW
HIG
H
WA
SH
ER
20AWIPER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
8
4
16
13
7
18
L–B
L–R L
L–W
W–B
L–B
L–R
L–W
WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)[COMB. SW]
WIPER MOTOR
C14
1
1
4
I 5
II28
I13
M
1
2
I 2
IB
W–B
W 4
LL
LL
W–L
W–L
L
L
L
WASHERMOTOR
W 2
W–B
1
II212
IC
(CANADA)
W–B
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
WIPER RELAY
(USA)
64
122
WIPER AND WASHER
123
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OFTHE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR THROUGHT THE WIPER FUSE.
1. LOW SPEED POSITIONWITH THE WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND, AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUNAT LOW SPEED.
2. HIGH SPEED POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 1 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TORUN AT HIGH SPEED.
3. INT POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAYFUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 15 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENTOPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED INRELAY AND INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHARGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THECONDENSER.
4. MIST POSITIONWITH WIPER SW TURNED TO MIST POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW →TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUNAT LOW SPEED.
5. WASHER CONTINUITY OPERATIONWITH WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WAHSER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 15 → TO GROUND, AND CASES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN , AND WINDOWWASHER IS JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 18 OF THEWIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TO GROUND AND FUNCTIONS.
C14 WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY)16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS EVERY APPROX. 1 TO 10 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY, WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, UNLESS WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION
W 4 WIPER MOTOR3–4 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR IS AT STOP POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C14 26 W 2 27
J 3 26 W 4 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
124
WIPER AND WASHER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 234 COWL WIRE
I13 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 534 COWL WIRE
125
SRS (AIRBAG)
NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS AIRBAG, perform the operation in accordance with the followingprecautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable modelyear. Malfunction symptoms of the airbag system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble codes become
the most important source of information when troubleshooting.When troubleshooting the airbag system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before disconnectingthe battery.
Work must be started after 30 seconds or longer from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” positionand the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery.(The airbag system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 30 seconds ofdisconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the airbag may be deployed.)When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systemswill be canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized by each memory system.Then when work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before.When the vehicle has tilt and telescopic steering, power seat, outside rear view mirror and power shoulderbelt anchorage, which are all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the memorycontents. So when the operation is finished, it will be necessary to explain this fact to the customer, andrequest the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory.To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside thevehicle.
When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surfacefacing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take carenot to damage the connector.(Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.)
Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without highhumidity and away from electrical noise.
Never use airbag parts from another vehicle. When replacing airbag parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble or repair the steering wheel pad, center airbag sensor assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the
sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors.
After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuseit. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.)
When troubleshooting the airbag system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10kΩ/V) tester. The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as
are the connectors. Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib.
(It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.) If the wire harness used in the airbag system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness assembly.
When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wireharness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose.(Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.)
INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the airbag components. Follow theinstructions on the notices.
126
SRS AIRBAG
The airbag system has connectors which possess the functions described below:1. AIRBAG ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM
Each connector contains a short spring plate. When theconnector is disconnected, the short spring plateautomatically connects the power source and groundingterminals of the squib to preclude a potential differencebetween the terminals.
2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISMThis mechanism is designed to electrically check ifconnectors are connected correctly and completely.The electrical connection check mechanism is designed sothat the connection detection pin connects with thediagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is inthe locked condition.
127
3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISMWith this mechanism connectors (male and femaleconnectors) are locked by two locking devices to increaseconnection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribsinterfere and prevent the secondary lock.
5
3
1
2
1
2
5
1
26
EA312 EA31
I10 I 4
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
12 15
IG2 IG1 ACC B LA TC
AB TC
7. 5AAM2
7. 5AGAUGE
15ARAD& CIG
7. 5AECU–B
W–R
GR
R–L
B–R
W–R
R–Y
P–B
R–Y W
2 1 2 1
2 1
WBWBW B
W–B
W–B
–SL +SL –SR +SR D– D+ E2 E1
IB ID
AIRBAGWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR LH
FRONT AIRBAGSENSOR RH
AIRBAG SQUIB
C10
CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY
SPIRALCABLE
12 21
IG2
ST
2A
M2
9
10
ID14ID12ID13ID11
A1 A2 A3 A4 A6 A9
B1 B2 C2 C1 A7 A8 A5 A10
IE311
ID22ID21
II218
W–R
WGR
R–L
B–O
B–O
B–R P–L
W–R
B–Y
R–Y W
W–R R–Y
BR
IGN
ITIO
NS
WI1
1
F 8 F 9 A16
C18 , C19 , C20A B CW
–B BR
R–Y
W–B
3
E1
EA
IE43
II313
B–R
DLC(CHECK CONNECTOR)
C 1
128
SRS AIRBAG
129
THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) AIRBAG IS A DRIVER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLETO THE SEAT BELTS.CURRENT FLOWS CONSTANTLY TO TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW ISTURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSORASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL (A) 1 . ANDTHE CURRENT FROM THE AM1 FUSE TO TERMINAL (A) 2.IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR, ANDSWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THERAD & CIG, GAUGE OR AM1 FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL (A) 8 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THEAIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A) 7 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5,TERMINAL (A) 10 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND.WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE RAD & CIG, GAUGE OR AM1 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS (A) 8OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS (A) 7OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 1 OR (B) 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL2 → TERMINAL (C) 2 OR (B) 1 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 5 , TERMINAL (A) 10 OR BODY GROUND →GROUND.WHEN THE MERCURY SW BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH ORRH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENTFLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE BAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD ISINSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER.THE REASON WHY THERE ARE MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES AND GROUND POINTS IS SO THAT IN THE EVENT THAT ONE OR TWOOF THE POWER SOURCES AND GROUND POINTS DO NOT WORK FOR SOME REASON, THE REMAINING POWER SOURCE ANDGROUND POINT WILL BE AVAILABLE TO COMPENSATE.
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A16 26 C18 A 26 F 8 27
C 1 24(5S–FE) , 25 (3S–GTE) C19 B 26 F 9 27
C10 26 C20 C 26 I11 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO 2)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (INSIDE R/B NO. 2)
ID1 32 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR R/B NO. 1)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE432 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II234 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 34 COWL WIRE I10 34 COWL WIRE
SYSTEM OUTLINE
130
SRS AIRBAG
131
HORN
5
5 5
5
II27
10
B 1G–W G–W
G–R
G–B
G–W
G–B
G–W
G–W
1
2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
15AHAZ–HORN
HORN SW[COMB. SW]
HORN HORN
HORNRELAY
H 5 H 6C15
1 3
1 1
2
HORN RELAY(5) 2– (5)3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C15 26 H 5 27 H 6 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B 1 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
1
II4
7
II4
6II48
II312
I 5
B 4
2 B
2 A 3 A 5 A 6 A
A
1C2C
4
B
4 B
BE
6 17 18 19 20
12
2
1
14
4 15 1 23
1
2
7. 5AGAUGE
POWER STEERINGECU
POWER STEERINGDRIVER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
STEERINGPOSITIONSENSOR[COMB. SW]
POWER STEERINGWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
1
2
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
R–L
R–LR–L
Y–R
Y–W
Y–W
Y–R
B
B–Y
W–B
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–L
LG
Y–R
Y–W R–L LG
LG–B
LG–R R W
LG–GR
–LW
–B
W–B
W–B
IFB IOVR ICTR ISTP SGND
GND
SS1 SS2 IGB
VS
SS2
SS1
( *1)
( *1)
J 1
C14
C11 , C12
P 7
P 4 , P 5 , P 6
A
A
C B
1 A4 A
( EX
.*1
)
IC
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
IGB IFB IOVR ICTR ISTP SGNDM+
M–
II49
IE311
EA31
WW
WW
BR
3
16
15
CHK
TC
E1
DLC(CHECKCONNECTOR)
C 1
EA
13 R–L R–L
(*1) (*1)
(EX. *1)
R–L
WL
R–LTO HEATERRELAY
W–B
3A
9
3D
9
J/BNO. 3
3C 3C
87
(A/T
)
( M/T
)
3C
2
3D12
J/BNO. 3
132
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
P
B 6
5
A2 B2
A
1 B1
A2 A1 B1 B2
BF ID
B 7B 6B4
M
80AABS
SPEED SENSOR[COMB. METER]
POWERSTEERING RELAY
POWER STEERINGECU
POWER STEERING MOTOR
7 8 12
9 14 5 11
6
5
LG LG B–W
B–W
V–W
B
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
Y–G
W–L
B
W–B
B–Y
B
W–B
W–B W–B
B
V–W
W–B
MTH BMS GND
IDUP EF1 SPD MRLY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
P 7
P10 , P11 C11
P 8 , 9
A
B A A
B
II413II42II41
I10
IE114IE35IE34
EA13 EA12
A7
B15
D7
A8
B16
D21
A9
B9
C11
B L–Y
V–W
V–W
L–YB
L–YB
B L–Y
V–W
(3S–GTE)
(5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
( *2)
( *2)
( *2)
( *2)
( EX
.*2
)
( EX
.*2
)
B L–Y
V–W
PS
PS
CT
SP
D
PCME(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)ENGINE ECU)
BE 6 , E 6A D, E 6 , E 8C
A6
A10
133
*1 : (1) USA (A/T)(2) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WIONDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER *2 : 5S–FE (M/T)
134
EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING)
THE EHPS (ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING) SYSTEM FUNCTIONS TO CHANGE THE FORCE REQUIRED FOR STEERINGMANEUVERS, AND THEREBY PROVIDE THE IDEAL STEERING FEELING FOR AT VEHICLE SPEEDS AND STEERING CONDITIONS.THIS IS DONE BY THE POWER STEERING ECU CONTROLLING THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING UPON THE HYDRAULICREACTION CHAMBER (LOCATED IN THE GEAR BOX CONTROL UNIT) BY REGULATING THE POWER STEERING MOTOR’S SPEED(AND HENCE THE AMOUNT OF FLUID FLOW).
EHPS OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SWITCHED ON, STARTING CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL IGB OF THE POWERSTEERING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT, TERMINAL VS OF THE STEERING POSITION SENSOR, AND TERMINAL (A) 4 OF THEPOWER STEERING DRIVER.
THE VEHICLE SPEED IS DETECTED AT THE SPEED SENSOR, AND SIGNALS ARE INPUT AS CONTROL SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SPDOF THE POWER STEERING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT AND TO TERMINALS SS1 AND SS2 OF THE POWER STEERINGELECTRONIC CONTROL UNIT.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINAL EFI OF THE POWER STEERING ELECTRONIC CONTROL UNITFROM THE ENGINE OF TERMINAL PSCT OF THE ENGINE AND ECT ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL IGBOF THE POWER STEERING ECU FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL MRLY OF THE POWER STEERING ECU →TERMINAL (B) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (B) 2 → GROUND, AND THE POWER STEERING RELAY ISSWITCHED ON. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY FROM THE ABS FUSEFLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE POWER STEERING RELAY → TERMINAL (B) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER AND TOTERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR.
IF THE VEHICLE SPEED IS LOW, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR IS INCREASED BY INCREASING THE VOLTAGE OFTHE CURRENT THAT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE POWERSTEERING MOTOR → TERMINAL (B) 2 OF THE POWER STEERING DRIVER → TERMINAL (C) 2 → GROUND, WITH THE RESULT THATTHE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID BECOMES GREATER, THUS PROVIDING A LIGHT STEERING FEELING.
WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED IS HIGH, THE SPEED OF THE POWER STEERING MOTOR DECREASES AS A RESULT OF THE REDUCEDVOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE POWER STEERING MOTOR, AND THUS THE VOLUME OF FLOW OF THE POWER STEERING FLUID ISREDUCED, SO THE STEERING FEELING IS MORE RESISTANT.
P 2 POWER STEERING ECU1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON
12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY5–GROUND : 1 PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVER VEHICLE SLOWLY)
C14 STEERING POSITION SENSOR [COMB. SW]14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON12–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
P 1 POWER STEERING DRIVER(A)4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON(B)2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) E 6 C 24 (5S–FE) P 7 27
C11 A 26 E 8 D 24 P 8 A 27
C12 B 26 J 3 26 P 9 B 27
C14 26 P 4 C 27 P10 B 27
E 6 A 25 (3S–GTE) P 5 B 27 P11 A 27
E 6 B 24 (5S–FE) P 6 A 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 21 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
135
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE132 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 534 COWL WIRE
B 636 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I1034 COWL WIRE
B 736 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
B 4 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
1
2
LEF
T
RIG
HT
UP
DO
WN
LEFT
/U
P
RIG
HT
/D
OW
N
LH RH LH RH
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
SE
LEC
TS
WO
PE
RA
TIO
NS
W
15ARAD & CIG
M M M M
785243
10
231231
GR GR
R
R–G
BR
–R
R
R–G
BR
–R
W–B
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR LH
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR RH
B18
R17 R18
W–B
R19
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
IB
GRGR 8 22
1
B19
FROMPOWER WINDOWMAIN SW
R–GR
BR
–R
R–GLGRL
BR
–RB
R–R
R–GR
W–B
W–B
BR
–R
LGL
W–BBR–R
W–B
J 1
IF17 IF16 IF15 IF110
IJ17 IJ16 IJ15
IF1
8
IC
I 2W–B
(CANADA)6(USA)4
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
I 1
GR
GR
(*1) (*1) (*1)
(EX. *1)
LEFT
/RIG
HT
UP
/DO
WN
LEFT
/RIG
HT
UP
/DO
WN
3D
3
3A
3J/B NO. 3
136
REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
137
R19 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW10–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION8–7 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION10–8 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 26 R17 27 R19 27
J 3 26 R18 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 2 34 COWL WIRE B19 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
B18 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
5
5
5 5
5
1 11 1
IK29 IK28 IK110 IK112 IK22
II39
IF28 IF27 IF29 IF212
IK212
II3
1
M
5
1
I10
I11
B18
3 1
10
3 2 4
5371516
2 4 6
20
10
5 11
2
8
315
2
ID IC
15ATAIL
BA
TTE
RY
FL MAIN2. 0L
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
DOOR LOCKMOTOR LH
TODOOR LOCK ECU
TODOOR LOCK ECU
UN
LOC
KW
AR
NIN
GS
W
THEFT DETERRENTINDICATOR[COMB. METER]
HEADLIGHTRELAY
TAILLIGHTRELAY
FROM POWER WINDOWMASTER SW ANDDOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH
W–B
W–R
W
W
LGR–Y
R
R–Y
L–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
L–W
W
W
IND KSW E FLL L/UL
RTR
W–R
R–Y
G LG
W
W
Y L
W–B
L–Y
W–R
W–R
L–R
LY
W–B
W–B
BR
W–R
L–Y
L–B
L–W
L–W
L–B
L–R
W–R
W–B
W–B
R20
T 5
D16
I11
C11
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
(USA)
6
5
W–B
R
(CANADA)
11
3B7 3D11
J/BNO. 3
138
THEFT DETERRENT
5
5AM2
ST2
IG210
6IE4
9
EA3
8
P
N
2
3
BM1
4
IE3
2
IK1
14
II313
IJ24 IJ23 IJ210 IJ213IF26 IF25 IJ26 IJ25
IK26 IK25 IK15
I11 I11
I10 I10
B15
I11
3
1 2
3
1 2
M
TODOOR LOCK ECU
TODOOR LOCK ECU
STARTERRELAY
CLUTCHSTART SW
IGNITION SW
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
DOOR LOCKMOTOR RH
DIODE(FOR THEFTDETERRENTSYSTEM)
TODOOR LOCK ECU
FROMDOOR LOCKCONTROL SW
DO
OR
LOC
KK
EY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOC
KS
WLH
DO
OR
LOC
KK
EY
LOC
KA
ND
UN
LOC
KS
WR
H
PN
S( N
EU
TRA
LS
TA
RT
SW
)
7. 5AAM2
12 10 11
4 3
3
453
6 2 1
1
18
2 1
1
2
2
2
W
B–R
R
R R
R R
B
W–BR–BR–B
L–O
W–R
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B–YB–Y
BB
B–Y
B–R
R–W
B–W
W
W–B
B–
Y
B
L–O
L–O
B–Y
B
B
B–Y
B–Y B
B
B–Y
B
B–Y
B–Y B
B–Y
L–O
W–R
L–O
L–B
L–W
L–B
L–O
W–R
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
D 4
S 6
C 9
I11
D17
T 5
N1
D15
D14
FRL K/UL K/L
SRLY
(A/T)
(A/T)
(M/T)(M/T)
( M/T
)
(A/T)
(M/T) (A/T)U
NLO
CK
LOC
K
LOC
K
UN
LOC
K
B19 IF1
10
IB
W–B W–B
EA1
7
ID
I11
I 2
IC
IJ1
10
64
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B W
–B
46
(USA)(CANADA)
W–B
139
5 5
5 5 1
5II33 II311
IK113 IK21 IK27
IK210
IK214
IK23
II316IE33
BM19
IE312BM14
I18 I11
B27
1
3
2
1
2
1 1
1 2 1 2
8B
8
B
22A
10B
14 1 13
3 1
2
4 1 2
1
698
1
17
2 2 1
2
2
BI BE EA
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
15ADOME
15AHAZ–HORN
15ARAD & CIG
HORNRELAY
DIODE(FOR INTERIOR SYSTEM)
THEFT DETERRENT ECU
(A/T)(M/T)
(A/T)(M/T)
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
LH
DO
OR
CO
UR
TE
SY
SW
RH
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TME
NT
KE
YU
NLO
CK
SW
FRO
NT
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TD
OO
RC
OU
RT
ES
YS
W
EN
GIN
EH
OO
DC
OU
RT
ES
YS
W
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TD
OO
RC
OU
RT
ES
YS
W
THE
FT
DE
TER
RE
NT
HO
RN
CTY1 KSW2 CTY2
B SH HORN ACC
GRGR
G–R
G–B G–B G–B
GR
G–R
G–R
G–R
R–W
RR
R
G–W
GR
R–G
R–G
L–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
R–W
L–W
R–G
R–G
R–G
R–W
R–W
R–G
R–G
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–W
R–G
D18
R8
E9F1
0
R9
D11
D10
T1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
A
A
(USA)(CANADA)
T 5
R R
FR
OM
RE
AR
LUG
GA
GE
CO
MP
AR
TM
EN
TLI
GH
T
IK2
4
II2
7
E 1
R–G
EA18
B28
BG
W–B
W–B
3A3
3D
3J/BNO. 3
140
THEFT DETERRENT
141
T5 THEFT DETERRENT ECU13–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH ENGINE HOOD OR FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE HOOD OR FRONT OR REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITHIN 30 SECONDS WITH SYSTEM ON10–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR UNLOCKED WITH KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR EXCEPT UNLOCKED WITH KEY6–GROUND : 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW OFF7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY14–GROUND: 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR CLOSED5–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED1–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
12 VOLTS WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY11–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR LOCKED WITH THE KEY
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LH OR RH DOOR EXCEPT LOCKED WITH THE KEY18–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH SYSTEM ON AND IGNITION SW ST POSITION
0 VOLTS WITH SYSTEM OPERATED17–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS
D10, D11 DOOR COURTESY SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LH OR RH DOOR OPEN
D14, D15 DOOR LOCK KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW
1–3 : CLOSED WITH KEY CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY2–3 : CLOSED WITH KEY CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY
D16, D17 DOOR LOCK MOTOR
3–6 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK LEVER PULLED
E 9 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH ENGINE HOOD OPEN
R 8 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR COURTESY SW
1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN
R 9 REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW
1–2 : CLOSED WITH REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR UNLOCKED WITH THE KEY
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 9 26 D17 27 N 1 24
C11 26 D18 27 R 8 27
D 4 26 E 9 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) R 9 27
D10 27 F10 27 R20 27
D11 27 I11 26 S 6 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
D14 27J 1
A 26 T 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
D15 27J 1
B 26 T 5 27
D16 27 J 3 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
SERVICE HINTS
142
THEFT DETERRENT
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA130 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE432 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF2 32 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ2 34 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK134 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK234 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM1 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 1 28 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B15 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 2 B1836 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I10 B1936 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I11 34 COWL WIRE B2736 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I16 B2836 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I18
143
1
3
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
5
1
1
1
2
IE19
B
1
B1
BH IC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
7. 5AGAUGE
20ADEFOG
DEFOGGERRELAY
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
TO PCME(ENGINE AND ECT ECU (A/T)ENGINE ECU (M/T))
11 10
11
DEFOGGER SW[A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY]
DIODE(FOR ELECTRICALIDLE–UP SYSTEM)
R–L
L–R
W–BB
R–Y
R–Y
B
B
W–B
B
R–L
R–Y
R–Y
A10
D 2
R13 , R14
A
A
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
1 J 3
BN12
B
3A6
J/BNO. 3
3A2
J/BNO. 3
3A9
J/BNO. 3
144
REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER
X X X
10 11 X X
1 21
A10 D 2 R13 , R14
1
X
J 3 A B
145
DEFOGGER RELAY4 – 1 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON AND DEFOGGER SW ON
A10 DEFOGGER SW [A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY]10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION10–11 : CLOSED WITH DEFOGGER SW ON
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A10 26 J 3 26 R14 B 27
D 2 26 R13 A 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BN1 36 ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BH 36 UNDER THE RIGHT REAR PILLAR
SERVICE HINTS
1
2
2
3
1
2
2 1
3 4 5
P1
P
P2
SL–
SL+
G–R
G
G–W
L
L–R
A
A
A
B
1
2
IC
15ARAD & CIG
7. 5AECU–IG
15ASTOP
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
SHIFT LOCKCONTROL SW
SHIFT LOCKSOLENOID
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
STOP LIGHT SW
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
GR
GR
B–Y
G–
W
G–W
R–W
G–O
W–B
W–B
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
1
2
2
SHIFT LOCK ECU
B–Y
S 9
B
B
S 7
1 12
W–B
4
6
G–W
9
8
IE313
GR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
J 1
K 2
JUNCTION CONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 31
W–B
TIMER
TIMER
KLS+ E
ACC IG STP
3A
4
J/BNO. 3
3D5
3D6
J/BNO. 3
3D3
3A3
J/BNO. 3
3D10
3D
12
J/BNO. 3
146
SHIFT LOCK
X X 6 X1 2 3 4 5
J 1 K 2 S 7
S 9 S 9A BBLUE
BLUE
1
X
J 3
981 2
1 2 1
X
2
X
4
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL) (W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
147
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG RADIO AND CIG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL3 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU. IN THE ON POSITION, THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU.
1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THATTHE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT POSITION SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU. THEECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID →SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON(PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER RANGE THAN THE “P” RANGE.
2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISMWITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” RANGE (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2AND P OF LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU → KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUTOFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THEIGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. IF THE IGNITION IS LEFT IN ACC OR ON POSITION WITH THE SHIFTLEVER IN OTHER THAN “P” RANGE, THEN AFTER APPROX. ONE HOUR THE ECU OPERATES TO RELEASE THE LOCK.
S 7 SHIFT LOCK ECU3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 26 K 2 26S 9
A 26
J 3 26 S 7 26S 9
B 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE3 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
148
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
II4
3
A
B B A
A A A C C C C C
A A A A A B A A
BF IC
B B B B A A A A
IE311
M
4
1
1 5 2 32456
11 4 5 12 6 1 8 9
2 13 6 17 10 3 7 1
2 6
BATTERY
FL MAIN 2. 0L
ABS ACTUATOR
R–B
W
B–W
B–W
G–R
L–Y
G–B
L–R
G–W
G–R
R–W
W–B
Y W
W–B
W–B
Y W
W–B
W–B
R G L P
16 15
TS TC
2 2 11
ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT LH
ABS SPEEDSENSOR FRONT RH
A23 A24
A 7 , A 8B A ABS ECU
B12
55
I11
B13
BM2(A/T)1IE3(M/T)2
EA32 EA31
I14
A2
W–B
R–B
B–W
B–W
R–B
(SH
IELD
ED
)
( SH
IELD
ED
)
A20 , A21 , A22C A B
6 1080A ABS 120A ALT
Y W
EA
BR
3
E1
DLC
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
)
C1
BE
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
II49
L–W
L–W
GN
D
GN
D
R–
SR
R
SF
L
SF
R
AS
T
MT
MR
SR
TS TC FS
S
FL–
FL+
FR
–
FR
+
3
1 1 22
ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR LH
ABS SPEEDSENSOR REAR RH
A 1 A 2
1 2 1
I11
B B B B
B B B B B
B
A
A
B
A
B
10 11 22 7
4
9
2
2
1
1
B–Y
R–L
R–L
R–B
R–B
G–W
G–W
R–W
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–IG
15ASTOP
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)
ABSWARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]
STOP LIGHTSW
1
R–B
R–B
3 14 20 19 16
R–B
PARKINGBRAKE SW
P 1
IG BAT
G–W
G–W
(M/T)
(M/T)
( A/T
)
I11
I 9
IE37 IK19IE39IE310 IK11 IK12
R–B
B15
R–B
2 3 2
1 2 1
IE313
IE312
B–Y
B–Y
G–Y
G–Y
( 3S
–GT
E)
B8
FROM PCME(ENGINE ECU)
BWGR
W–B
GR BW
(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)
(SHIELDED)(SHIELDED)
S 9
C11 , C12A B
A B
R–B
5
W–R
15AECU–B
1
2
II218
W–R
W–R
(USA)
R–B
( CA
NA
DA
)T
OR
ET
RA
CT
CO
NTR
OL
RE
LAY
R–L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
II216
2
1
B11
BEBF
R–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–B
2
1
R–B
W–B
( US
A,
5S–F
E)
( US
A,
3S–G
TE
)
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LEV
EL
SW
BR
AK
EF
LUID
LEV
EL
SW
B5
B5
W
ST
P EX
RS
S
PK
B
RL–
RL+
RR
–
RR
+
13
1
3B1
3B3
J/BNO. 3
3D6
3D5
J/BNO. 3
3A4
J/BNO. 3
J/BNO. 3
3A9
3D9
149
150
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHTFRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS, WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP, SO THAT THEWHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKING.
1. INPUT SIGNALS
(1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU.
(2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED.
(3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL
A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED.
2. SYSTEM OPERATIONDURING SUDDEN BRAKING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWINGTO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TOTHE RESERVOIR.
THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIRTO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS.
IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENTACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULICPRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU IN THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION,HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPEATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERABILITY DURING SUDDENBRAKING.
A7(B), A 8(A) ABS ECU(CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND CHECK CONNECTOR TS–E1 NOT CONNECTED(B)10–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND CHECK CONNECTOR TS–E1 NOT CONNECTED(B) 1–GROUND, (A) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(A) 8–GROUND, (A)12–GROUND:APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(B)15–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION, ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF(B) 2–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B)13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY(B)11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(B) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED(B)22–GROUND: ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(B)16–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED(DISCONNECT THE ECU CONNECTOR)(B) 1 – (A) 8 : APPROX. 6 (A) 6 – (A) 8 : APPROX. 6 (A) 8 – (A)12: APPROX. 6 (A) 7 – (A) 1 : APPROX. 0.8 – 1.3 (A) 3 – (A)10 : APPROX. 0.8 – 1.3 (A) 4 – (A) 5 : APPROX. 60 – 100 (A) 4 – (A)11 : APPROX. 50 – 80 (B) 3 – (B)14 : APPROX. 1.1 – 1.5 K(B)19 – (B)20 : APPROX. 1.1 – 1.5 K
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
151
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) A22 B 27 C12 B 26
A 2 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) A23 27 J 1 26
A 7 B 26 A24 27 J 3 26
A 8 A 26 B 5 27 P 1 26
A20 C 27 C1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)S 9
A 26
A21 A 27 C11 A 26S 9
B 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE3 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II4 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 34 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2 36 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3VZ–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 9 B11
I11 34 COWL WIRE B12 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I14 B13
152
ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM)
E
2 2
1
2
E 1
E 5
1
2
BM217
A A
A
A B
A B B B C C C C C
BG
15AEFI
15ASTOP
12 13 1 4 5
20 1 2 15 1 11 12 16 4
43
1 2
W–R
G–W
G–
W
W–
R
W
B–Y
B–
Y
W–B
B–Y
W–B
B–O
R–W
P–B
W–B
GR
–B V
BR
–W
P–B
R–
L
W P BR R
BR
2 3 1
4 3 2 1
BRPWR
–L
BR
–W
GR
–B
BR–W
STOP LIGHTSW
EFI MAINRELAY
S 9
CRUISE CONTROLECU
ECT SOLENOID THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR
EC
TS
( EF
IW
AT
ER
TE
MP
.S
EN
SO
R)
C17
E 1 T 2
E3
VC
VT
A
IDL
E2
NO
.3
( LO
CK
–UP
)
NO
.1
NO
.2
C9
E11
BR
A
BR
2
2
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
IG2”
BI
W–B
B26
E 5
9 22
IE14
(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)2 B
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)2 A
(W/ CRUISE CONTROL)1 A(W/O CRUISE CONTROL)1 B
BA
1 2
2 1
W–R
V
1 1 1
Y W B
BM27
BR
–YB
R–Y
B18B4
G R
FROMDISTRIBUTOR
B
B17A22
TO
PN
S( N
EU
TR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W)
R–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
EA14
PCME(ENGINE AND ECT ECU)
E 6 , 7 , E 8C B
+B
+B1
BA
TT
NS
W G–
NE
–
NE
+
G+
B/K
OD
1
SL
S1
S2
VC
IDL
VT
A
E2
E21
TH
W
EC
T
OD
154
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR
A
A A
B B B
B
C C A
A B
E16
I 4
3
1
1
2
EA ID
3
17 6
9
7157
19
161326
10 4
6 11
TT TE1
E1
V–W
R–L
O/D
OF
F
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ETE
R
C10
,C11
BA
LG
BR
BR
BR
BR
LG–
B
BR
BR
BR
BR
–B
W–R
LGW
–BBR
BR
BR
SP
EE
DS
EN
SO
R( F
OR
EC
TS
YS
TE
M)
O/D MAINSW
O 4
S2
I 3
W–
B
IC
1
2
2
3 P
R
N
D
2
L4
9
8
7
5
1
6
BM2
3
BM2
5
BM2
4
BM2
11
BM2
6
BM2
12
BM2
13
P
R
N
D
2
L
E 5
E 5
EB17
IE114
LG–R
LG
R–W
P–B
R–B
L–Y
LG
LG–R LG–B
LG
R–W
P–B
R–B
L–Y L–Y
R–B
P–B
R–W
LG
LG–R
W–B
7. 5AECU–IG
6
5
4
3
2
1
7
7. 5AGAUGE
B6
B14
LG–R
LG
B–Y
B–Y
R–L
W–B
BR
LG
BR
LG
V–W
A/T INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
A/T INDICATOR SW
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2 1
C13
N 1
1
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R( F
OR
EA
RT
H)
J3
B20 B3
O W
TOIGNITER
EA1
14
EA1
13
EA1
9
EA1
12
EA1
11
E 3
R–
B
R–B
TO BACK–UP LIGHTS
G8
FR
OM
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
1
13 JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J1
R–L
SP
D
IGF
OD
2
EO
2
EO
1
E1SP
2
TE
1
L 2
IGT
TT
W–B
EA3
13
DLC
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
)
C1
3A9
J/BNO. 3
3D9
3D12
J/BNO. 3
155
156
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR
THIS SYSTEM ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLS THE GEAR SHIFT TIMING, LOCK–UP TIMING, THE CLUTCH AND BRAKE HYDRAULICPRESSURE, AND THE ENGINE TORQUE DURING SHIFTING, TO ACHIVE OPTIMUM SHIFT FEELING.
IN ACCORDANCE TO THE VEHICLE DRIVING CONDITIONS AND ENGINE OPERATING CONDITIONS AS DETECTED BY VARIOUSSENSORS.
1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATIONDURING DRIVING, THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TOTHE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ECTS (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO TERMINAL THW OF THEPCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU), AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP2 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) FROMTHE SPEED SENSOR DEVOTED TO THE ECT. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ECT SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS → GROUND,AND CONTINUITY FLOW TO NO.1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT.
FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECTSOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ECT SOLENOIDS→ GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSE THE SHIFT.
FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT.
SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVER DRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID.
2. LOCK–UP OPERATIONWHEN THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET,CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ETC SOLENOIDS →GROUND, CAUSING A CONTINUITY TO THE TCC (LOCK–UP SOLENOID) AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION.
3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUITIF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TOTERMINAL B/K OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU), THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THETCC (LOCK–UP SOLENOID) IS CUT.
4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT
* O/D MAIN SW ON
WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THEPCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) AND PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONSFOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET.
* O/D MAIN SW OFF
WHEN THE OVERDRIVE SW IS TURNED OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWSTHROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUTTO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) AND PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU) OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFTINTO OVERDRIVE.
E 6(A), E 7(C), E 8(B) PCME (ENGINE AND ECT ECU)(A) 4– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (BRAKE PEDAL IS RELEASED)(C) 4– (C) 9 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C (176°F))(C)12– (C) 9 : 8–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(C)11– (C) 9 : 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED)
3.2–4.2 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN)(C) 1– (C) 9 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A)20– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A) 7– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF)(A) 9– (B)14 : 1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON, CRUISE CONTROL SW OFF AND STARTING STILL)
0 10–14 VOLTS REPEAT (IGNITION SW ON, CRUISE CONTROL SW OFF AND VEHICLE MOVING)(B)16– (B)14 : 1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND STARTING STILL)
0 4.5–5.5 VOLTS REPEAT (IGNITION SW ON AND VEHICLE MOVING)(A)22– (B)14 : 6.0–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) P OR N POSITION)
0–2.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) P OR N POSITION)(B) 6– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 POSITION)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) 2 POSITION)(B)19– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) L POSITION)
1 VOLTS OR LESS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PNS (NEUTRAL START SW) L POSITION)(A)12– (A)13– (B)14 :10–14 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON)(A) 1– (B)14 : 10–14 VOLTS (ALL CONDITIONS)
SYSTEM OUTLINE
SERVICE HINTS
157
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 24 (5S–FE) E 3 24 (5S–FE) N 1 24 (5S–FE)
C10 B 26 E 6 A 24 (5S–FE) O 4 26 (5S–FE)
C11 A 26 E 7 C 24 (5S–FE) S 2 24 (5S–FE)
C13 26 (5S–FE) E 8 B 24 (5S–FE)S 9
A 26
C17 26 J 1 26S 9
B 26
E 1 24 (5S–FE) J 3 26 T 2 24 (5S–FE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA3 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE1 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
BM2 36 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA 28 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 1 E16 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE
E 3 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I 334 COWL WIRE
E 5
28 (5S FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I 434 COWL WIRE
E11 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE B26 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
158
ECT AND A/T INDICATOR
2 1
IE49II216
2
1 1
AIE313
I 9
TOBRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
CRUISECONTROLCLUTCH SW
PARKINGBRAKESW
CANCEL
SET/COAST
RESUME/ACCELE
MA
IN
17
15 5
CRUISE CONTROL SW[COMB. SW]
1843220
14
CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–IG
12
3 2B
–YB
–Y
R–L
B
R–B
R–B
G–Y
G–B
R–B
R–B
R
( M/T
)
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
BW
–B
R–B
W–B
W–B
(M/T)
C14
P 1C16
C10 , C11B
IE311
EA31
EA
BR
WW
W
3
8
15
E1
TC
DLC
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
)
C1
( US
A)
A4
B12
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
R–L R–L
G–R
5
R–B
R
(A/T)
I10
R
R
( A/T
)
( A/T
)FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
ST2
”
ID
1 13
CO
MB
INA
TIO
NM
ET
ER
V–W
BR
SP
D
TC
PK
B
CC
S
CM
S
N&
C
B PI
(CANADA)
TO
RE
TRA
CT
OR
CO
NT
RO
LR
ELA
Y
( A/T
)
CRUISE CONTROL ECUC17
A10
A6C11
A
TOP
NS
( NE
UTR
AL
ST
AR
TS
W)
3B1
3B2
J/BNO. 3
3A9
J/BNO. 3
3D9
160
CRUISE CONTROL
CRUISE CONTROL ECU
1
IK118 IK115 IK117IK116 IK18 IK17
M
IK1
10
4
13 26 25 24 11 12 16
414
3 2 1 7 6 5
229
15ASTOP
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
2
1
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
R–W
W–B
Y–L
Y–G
Y–B
Y–R Y
Y–L
Y–G
Y–B
Y–R Y
R–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B W–B
(USA)
(M/T)
CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATORC 5
J 1
C17
IC
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
I 5
6
C12
C12
A12
D20 B15
E 5
EA318 EA14
IE412 BM27BM217
(5S–FE A/T)
(5S–FE M/T)
(3S–GTE)
23
P
P–B
BR
–WB
R–W
P
P–B
BR
–Y
P
P–B
BR
–Y
P
P BR–W
(A/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
( A/T
)( A
/T)
( A/T
)
TO
EC
TS
OLE
NO
ID
TO THROTTLE POSITIONSENSOR ” IDL”
E10 : 5S–FEE18 : 3S–GTE
5
II218
I10
7. 5AECU–B
1
2
15
W–R
W–R
R–
W
R–
W
1
1
2
4
3
IE14
R–W
R
G–W
G–
W
G–
W
G–W
G–W
10
STOP LIGHTSW
S 9
PCME(ENGINE CONTROL ECT ECU (A/T)ENGINE ECU (M/T))
E 6 , E 7 , E 7 , E 8D A C B
IDL
EC
T
BA
TT
GN
D
MC
MO
LVR3 VR2 VR1
OD
STP
+S
TP
–
IDL
OD
1
S2
TO STOP LIGHTS
3D
11
3D
10
J/BNO. 3
3D4
3D6
J/BNO. 3
3A4
J/BNO. 3
161
162
CRUISE CONTROL
CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OFSTOP LIGHT SWITCH.
WITH THE IGNITION SWITCH TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISECONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT. THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
WHEN THE IGNITION SWITCH IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL15 OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECUFUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 OF THE CRUISECONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION.
AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A)4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROLINDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL (B)11 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → GROUND, CAUSING THECRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION.
1. SET OPERATIONWHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SWITCH IS PUSHED, WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHINTHE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE CRUISE CONTROLECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SWITCH IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED.
2. SET SPEED CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLESPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE COMBINATION METER, AND CONTROLS THE CRUISECONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED.
WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OFCRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLEVALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHERTHAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OFCRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THETHROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED.
3. COAST CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SWITCH IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COASTSWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
4. ACCEL CONTROLDURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SWITCH IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THETHROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCELSWITCH IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED.
5. RESUME CONTROLUNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H), AFTER CANCELING THE SPEED BYTHE CANCEL SWITCH, PUSHING THE RESUME SWITCH WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORECANCELLATION.
6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISMIF ANY THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THEACTUATOR TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED.
∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SWITCH ON). “THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU”(M/T) SHIFT LEVER AT “N” RANGE (NEUTRAL START SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU” (A/T)
∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 1 OF ECU”
∗ PULLED UP THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU”
∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SWITCH (CANCEL SWITCH ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
163
7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTIONA) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATE CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED ISERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO THE MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS STOPPED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SWITCHTURNS OFF).
WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SWITCH MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SWITCH WILL TURN ON.
∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ WHEN THE CURRENT CONTINUES TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR IN SIDE THE ACTUATOR, IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN”DIRECTION
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH.
∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL.
∗ THE RESUME SWITCH IS ALREADY ON WHEN THE MAIN SWITCH IS TURNED ON.
∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH.
∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT.
B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED ANDTHE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (THE POWER OF MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SWITCH IS “ON” AGAIN.)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FAIIS BELOW THE MINIMUM LIMIT, APPROX. 40KM/H (25MPH)
∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS MORE THAN 16KM/H (10MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE.
∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF.
C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL ISRELEASED.
∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 16 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU.
C 5 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR1–3 : APPROX. 2 K5–4 : APPROX. 38.5
C14 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]15–19 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON 5–19 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON
APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ONAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON
C17 CRUISE CONTROL ECU14–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW ON20–GROUND: PULSE EACH 40 CM (DRIVER VEHICLE SLOWLY)18–GROUND: APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW
APPROX. 68 WITH RES/ACC SW ON IN CONTROL SWAPPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW
13–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T)
CONTINUITY WITH SHIFT LEVER AT “P” OR “N” RANGE (A/T)4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW ON
SERVICE HINTS
164
CRUISE CONTROL
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) C17 26 J 3 26
C 5 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) E 6 D 24 (5S–FE) P 1 26
C10 B 26E 7
A 25 (3S–GTE) S 1 24
C11 A 26E 7
C 24 (5S–FE) S 9 26
C14 26 E 8 B 24 (5S–FE)
C16 26 (3S–GTE M/T) J 1 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA1 28 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE1
IE3 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE4
32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 34 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM2 36 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 5 28 (5S–FE) I 5
E10 30 (3S–GTE) ENGINE WIRE I 9 34 COWL WIRE
E18 28 (5S–FE) I10
165
1 1 1 1 5
II33
15ARAD & CIG
15ADOMETAILLIGHT
RELAY
15ATAIL
CLOCK
CIGARETTELIGHTER
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
IC
G
G
RR
R
R
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
GR
GR
GR
G
G–W
G–W
W–B
GR
W
1 3
1
4
4
42 2
3
18
5 1211
4 3 2 42
J 1
C 8
C 6
J 2
( EX
.*2
)
( *2)
( *1)
( EX
.*1
)
FRO
MP
AN
EL
RE
LAY
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
1J 3
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 2
4
3
(CA
NA
DA
)
( *1)
( CA
NA
DA
)
* 1 : (1) USA (A/T)(2) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE
CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOWOR WOOFER SPEAKER
*2 : (1) CANADA(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE
CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOWOR WOOFER SPEAKER
3D1
3D2
J/BNO. 3
3A3
J/BNO. 3
3D10
J/BNO. 3
3B7
166
CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK
167
C 6 CIGARETTE LIGHTER2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C 8 CLOCK3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK)4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION)2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION
APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING (CANADA)1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
C 6 26 J 1 26 J 3 26
C 8 26 J 2 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
II3 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
1
21 2
3 4 X
18
C 8C 6 J 1
3 4 1
X
J 2 J 3
4
SERVICE HINTS
168
AUTO ANTENNA* 1 : (1) CANADA
(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS,
POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
5
4
2
3
1
2
IE41 IE47 IE48
II33
2 5 6 4 3
I 8 B
8 A1
B9B8
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
15ADOME
7. 5AECU–IG
15ARAD & CIG
(W/
WO
OF
ER
SP
EA
KE
R)
( W/O
WO
OFE
RS
PE
AK
ER
)
R
B–Y GR
G–B
P–L
B–R P–L
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
GR
B–YR
RR
IE111
R
GR GR
ANT+ AMP+
TOSTEREOCOMPONENTAMPLIFIER
(*1)
( *1)
(EX. *1)
( *1)
( EX
.*1
)
RADIO AND PLAYER
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
2 2 1
R 1 , R 2
A
A
W–B
M
1 4 5 7 8 6
1
L–Y Y
R–G B
R–W
W–B
2 3L B
W–B
AU
TO
AN
TE
NN
AC
ON
TRO
LR
ELA
YA
ND
MO
TO
R
A27
B28
BI BG
W–B
20
821
(EX. *1)
3D1
J/BNO. 3
3D3
3A3
J/BNO. 3
169
A27(B) AUTO ANTENNA CONTROL RELAY9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
UPPERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT
LOWERMOST POSITION1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A27 27 R 1 A 26
J 1 26 R 2 B 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE132 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE432 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 8 34 COWL WIRE B28 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
1 2
3 4 5 68 9
BR 1A27 R 2
X 8
20
J 1 A
1
8 X
21
SERVICE HINTS
5
4
1
2
II33
IF14 IF11
B22B18
B18
IB
15ADOME
15ARAD & CIG
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
4 10
9 3 8
1
1 5 3 8
11
1
7
9
222
PBR V
VPP
BR
V
P V P V
BR
LR
PBR
G–WL–
Y
L–Y
GR
GR
GR
R
ACC IN
GND FL+ FL–
V
PBR
O
L–W
V
L
G–W
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
WF+ WF– GND
MUTEAMP+WF–WF+
+BREAR WOOFERAMPLIFIERLH
REAR WOOFERSPEAKER LH
FRONT SPEAKERLH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
R16F15 F17
S10S11
R15
J 1
2 1
R
10
+B
R
L–Y
R
( EX
.*1
)
GR
( A/T
)
( M/T
)
8
21
( *1)
L–Y
LG
BR
L–Y
B21
2 5 8 7 1 4 3 6
BR
BR
( SH
IELD
ED
)
G–W BR P L O
L–W
BL12
RR
TO PERSONALLIGHT
WL+ WL–AMP+L
MUTEL WR+ WR–
AMP+R
MUTER
( SH
IELD
ED
)
( M/T
)
I11 I10
L–Y
3A10
3D1
3C6
J/BNO. 3
3D3
3A3
J/BNO. 3
170
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
171
*1 : USA M/T
I 8
B15
B15
IE4
7
IJ12 IJ13
2 7 5 12 4 11
1514131276511341
1 1 1 1
8 10 9 5 6 7 12 13 14 15
2 2 2 2
AMP+ +B ACC GND MUTE FL+ FR+ S¥GND BEEP RL+ RR+
FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
V
L–W
O
LG
L
B–R 8
AMP+ +B ACC OUT MUTE FL+ FR+ S¥GND BEEP RL+ RR+
( SH
IELD
ED
)
B W R G Y BR L
( SH
IELD
ED
)
RWP–L
G–
B
LG L B Y R W
LLGLG
L
B Y R W
LLGLLG
BR
ANT+
TOAUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
RADIO AND PLAYER
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
FRONT SPEAKERRH
REAR SPEAKERLH
REAR SPEAKERRH
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER
S14
S11
R 1
F18 F16 R11 R12
I 8P–L
LG
2
1
1
5
3
8
7 9
4
10
+BGND
WF+
WF–
AMP+
MUTE WF+
WF–
BR
L–Y
L–Y
BR
G
W
REAR WOOFER AMPLIFIER RHR24
R25
RE
AR
WO
OF
ER
SP
EA
KE
RR
H
P–L
( SH
IELD
ED
)
172
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/ WOOFER SPEAKER)
S11 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F15 27 R 1 26 R24 27
F16 27 R11 27 R25 27
F18 27 R12 27 S10 27
F18 27 R15 27 S11 27
J 1 26 R16 27 S14 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 8 B18 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I10 34 COWL WIRE B2136 COWL WIRE
I11
34 COWL WIRE
B2236 COWL WIRE
B15 36 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
SERVICE HINTS
1 5
IE47 IE48
II33
IF14 IF11 IJ12 IJ13
B18 B18 B15 B15
2 6 1 5 2 6 1
3 4 8 9
IB
1 1
1 1
1 12 2
2 2
2 2
3
GR R
R
G–B
P–L
P–L
B–R
P
V LG L B Y R W
LG
P V
LLLGVP
P V LG L
P V LG L B Y R W
BR
BR
FL+ FL– FR+ FR– RL+ RL– RR+ RR–
AMP+ANT++BACC
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
42
21
15ARAD & CIG
15ADOME
TOAUTO ANTENNACONTROL RELAY AND MOTOR
RADIO AND PLAYER
FRONTSPEAKER LH
FRONTSPEAKER RH
REARSPEAKER LH
REARSPEAKER RH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) LH
FRONT TWEETER(SPEAKER) RH
L–Y
RADIO AND PLAYERR 3
R 2
R12R11F18F17
F16F15
GR
GR
GR
21
8
( EX
.*1
)
( *1)
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J1
*1 : (1) CANADA(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL,
ABS, OR POWER WINDOW
GND
7
3D3
3A3
J/BNO. 3
3C6
3D1
J/BNO. 3
174
RADIO AND PLAYER (w/o WOOFER SPEAKER)
175
R 2 RADIO AND PLAYER4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
F15 27 F18 27 R 3 26
F16 27 J 1 26 R11 27
F17 27 R 2 26 R12 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
( )
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
IE4 32 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II3 34 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
B15 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE B18 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
1 2
1 2
8
21
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9
1 2
3 X 6 1
2
F15, F16 F17, F18 J 1 R 2
R11, R12R 3
GRAY
X
SERVICE HINTS
1 5 5
II33
II218
A B C C A A A
A B C C A
EA
BM15
EA311
EC11
IE11
EA34 ID21
I 4
2 4 1
1 2 2
4 6 5 6 10 13 12
12477
15ADOME
7. 5AGAUGE
7. 5AECU–B
R–L R
W–R
RR W
–R
V–W G–B
G–Y
B–O
R–L
OIL
LEV
EL
CH
AR
GE
DO
OR
AIR
BA
G
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
TUR
N
RHLH
R–W R–Y
W–BY
R–Y
R–Y
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
IG2”
FR
OM
PC
ME
( EN
GIN
EA
ND
EC
TE
CU
( A/T
)E
NG
INE
EC
U( M
/T))
AB
SE
CU
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
UP
OW
ER
STE
ER
ING
EC
U
FROMHAZARD SWTURN SIGNAL SW
W–B
W–B
RR
RR
YY
R–Y
W–B
TO
ALT
ER
NA
TO
R”
L”
TO
CE
NT
ER
AIR
BA
GS
EN
SO
RA
SS
EM
BLY
TO
DLC
( CH
EC
KC
ON
NE
CT
OR
)
TO
DO
OR
CO
UR
TES
YS
W
ENGINE OILLEVEL SENSOR
COMBINATION METER
E10
IC
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
C3
I 5
V–W
R–L
R–L
13
1
(*2, *3, *4)
W–B
1
ID
A6
BR
BR
V
V–W
V–W
V
(3S
–GTE
)
L–W
( CA
NA
DA
)
( US
A)
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
OIL LEVELDELAYCIRCUIT
(3S–GTE)
(*2, *3, *4)
( EX
.*2
*3*4
)
VO
LT( 5
S–F
E)
2
1
OIL
LEV
EL
OIL
TE
MP
.
B5
RF
RF
OG
FR
OM
FO
GLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
AC10 , C11C D, C12 , C13B
EC12
R–W
SPEED
3A9
3D
9J/BNO. 3
3C2
3D1
J/BNO. 3
3D2
3C10
J/BNO. 3
176
COMBINATION METER
ID
II25 IK29
IE112
EA15
II216
IE33
EA111
I 4
1
B A A
C C C C AA
HIG
HB
EA
M
CO
OLI
NG
FA
N
BR
AK
E
FU
EL
GA
UG
E
FU
EL
TU
RB
OM
ET
ER
SE
CU
RIT
Y
10 11 5
3 6813910
STCHECKRELAY
3
1 2
R–L
R–
L
R YY
FR
OM
HE
AD
LIG
HT
S
FR
OM
IGN
ITIO
NS
W”
ST
2” FR
OM
TH
EF
TD
ET
ER
RE
NT
EC
U
L–W
R–B Y
–R
Y–L BR
L–B
L–B
L–B
L–W
L–W
R–B
BR
BR
BR
TO
CO
OLI
NG
FA
NE
CU
TO
TU
RB
OP
RE
SS
UR
ES
EN
SO
R
PA
RK
ING
BR
AK
ES
W
FUEL SENDER
P1
F 5
( 3S
–GT
E)
( 3S
–G
TE
)
( 3S
–GT
E)
(3S–GTE)
R–W ( *2)
I 9 I 9 I 4
II413
R–B R–BR–B
R–B
R–B
R–B
R–
B
R–B
R–B
R–B
(*1,
*3,
*4)
(* 2, *3, *4)
( *1,
*3,
*4)
(* 1, *3, *4)
( *2)
( *2)
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TR
OL
EC
U
FR
OM
RE
TR
AC
TC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LAY
TO
AB
SE
CU
A1
B2
B1
IE3
6
EA1
10V
V–W
V V VV
V–WSHORT CONNECTOR
BS12 , S13A
(3S–GTE)
B 7
B11
BE BF
1
1
R–
B
R–
W
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
R–W
R–B
2
2
W–BR–B
BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
B 5
BRAKE FLUIDLEVEL SW
B 5
( US
A,
3S–G
TE
)
(USA, 3S–GTE)
( *2)
(* 2)
( *1)
R–W
(*2)
TO
RE
TR
AC
TC
ON
TR
OL
RE
LA
Y( E
X.
*2*3
*4)
(EX. *2 *3 *4)
COMBINATION METERAC10 , C11C D, C12 , C13B
3B3
3B13B2
J/B NO. 3
177
*1 : USA*2 : CANADA*3 : A/T *4 : WITH ABS, CRUISE CONTROL POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
A B B B C C B C B
IE113
EA35
IE118
EA36 EA33
IE17 IE117
EA37
II48 IE115
EA
14
3 1 2 3 7 11 4 12 8
TAC
HO
WA
TER
TE
MP
.
OIL
SE
AT
BE
LT
O/D
OFF
PO
WE
RS
TE
ER
ING
CR
UIS
E
CH
EC
KE
NG
INE
B
Y–G
W–B
Y–B
BR
–R
LG LG G–R
G–W
B
Y–G
W–B
Y–B
LG G–W
Y–G
B
Y–B
W–B
W–B
TO
SE
AT
BE
LTW
AR
NIN
GR
ELA
Y
TOO
/DM
AIN
SW
TO
PO
WE
RS
TE
ER
ING
EC
U
TO
CR
UIS
EC
ON
TRO
LE
CU
TOP
CM
E( E
NG
INE
EC
U)
OILPRESSURESW
WATERTEMP.SENDER
IGNITERI 3
W 1O 3
COMBINATION METER
C10 , C11 , C12 , C13C A B D
(5S
–FE
)( A
/T)
1
2
EB17
1
3
3V BR
B–Y
B–Y
BR
7. 5AECU–IG
SI
IG+
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
VSPG(SPEED SENSOR)
S 1
2
2
SE
178
COMBINATION METER
A D D D D D D
B A D
BM213 BM212 BM26 BM211 BM24 BM25
EA313
IC
G–
O
R–
B
W–B
LG–R
LG R–W P–B
R–B
L–Y
G
LG–R
LG R–W P–B
R–B
L–Y
L–Y
R–B
P–B
R–WLG
LG–R
AB
S
ME
TE
RIL
LUM
INA
TIO
N
8 6 5 4 3 2 1
79 9
L 2 D N R P
TO
AB
SE
CU
TO
RH
EO
ST
AT
W–B
W–B
FROM A/T INDICATOR SWPNS (NEUTRAL START SW)(A/T)
COMBINATION METER
C10 , C11 , C12 , C13C A B D
1
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
( A/T
)
J 3
G
G
( EX
.*2
*3*4
)
( *1,
* 3,
* 4)
3
1 JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TO
R
J2
II43
R–B
EA1
1
BM2
8
BM1
3
ID
BR
BRBRBR
8
3
G–W
G–W
(* 2)
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY (USA)FROM PANEL RELAY (CANADA)
JUN
CTI
ON
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J2
(M/T) (A/T)
EA111 EA112 EA19 EA113 EA114
D8
G
( A/T
)FR
OM
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
ELA
Y
3D12
J/BNO. 3
179
*1 : USA*2 : CANADA*3 : A/T *4 : WITH ABS, CRUISE CONTROL POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
180
COMBINATION METER
B 5 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN
C10(C), C11(A), C12(B) COMBINATION METER(C)6, (C) 5–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS(A) 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION(A)1, (B)2, (A) 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
C13 (D) COMBINATION METER (5S–FE A/T)(D) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY
O 3 OIL PRESSURE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA)
P 1 PARKING BRAKE SW1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP
W 1 WATER TEMP. SENDER1–GROUND : APPROX. 198.5 AT 50°C (122°F)
: APPROX. 29.7 AT 105°C (221°F)
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
B 5 27I 3
24 (5S–FE) P 1 26
C10 C 26I 3
25 (3S–GTE) S 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
C11 A 26 J 1 26 S12 A 26
C12 B 26 J 2 26 S13 B 26
C13 D 26 (5S–FE) J 3 26 W 1 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
E10 25 (3S–GTE)O 3
24 (5S–FE)
F 5 26O 3
25 (3S–GTE)
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA130 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EB1 28ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO 2 (R/B NO 2 INNER)
EC1 30 (3S–GTE)ENGINE WIRE AND R/B NO. 2 (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
ID2 32 COWL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
IE132 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK2 34 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM136 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM236 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
SERVICE HINTS
181
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
I 4 B 736 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 5 34 COWL WIRE B1136 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 9
182
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
1. COOLING FAN OPERATIONWHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF FAN MAIN RELAY →TERMINAL 3 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN MAIN RELAY OF EACH FAN TO TURN ON.
AT THAT TIME, THE CURRENT FROM AM2 FUSE FLOWS TO FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2, AND FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF FANRELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C HIGH SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF A/CAMPLIFIER. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT FROM GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 1 →TERMINAL 1 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, CAUSING THE FAN RELAY NO. 3 TO TURN ON.
* OPERATION AT LOW SPEED
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE FAN MAIN RELAY AND FAN RELAY NO. 1, NO. 2 AND NO. 3 TURN ON, THE CURRENTFLOWS FROM ALT FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/CCONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FAN RELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 5 OF FAN RELAY NO. 3→ TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES,CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* OPERATION AT HIGH SPEED
DURING A/C OPERATION, WHEN THE PRESSURE OF A/C COMPRESSOR BECOMES HIGHER THAN NORMAL PRESSURE (MORETHAN 1402 KPA 14.3 KG/CM2 203 PSI), THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW TURNS OFF.
AS A RESULT, FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 TURNS OFF AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM ALT FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF FAN MAINRELAY → TERMINAL 4 → CDS FAN FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 3 OF FANRELAY NO. 2 → TERMINAL 4 → GROUND, AT THE SAME TIME FROM TERMINAL 4 OF FAN MAIN RELAY TO RDI FAN FUSE →TERMINAL 4 OF FAN RELAY NO. 1 → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWINGTO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL CAUSING THE FAN TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
NOTE THAT, EVEN IF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE RISES ABOVE 90°C (194°F), THE WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATORFAN) TURNS OFF A SIGNAL IS SENT TO TERMINAL 9 OF A/C AMPLIFIER. BECAUSE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 8 OF A/CAMPLIFIER TO TERMINAL 6 IS SHUT OFF, THE CIRCUIT BETWEEN THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW AND GROUND IS DEACTIVATED,SO THE SAME OPERATION CONTINUES.
2. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATIONCURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF HEATER RELAY.
WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF HEATER RELAY →TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 10 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 11 → TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A) 5 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY.
* LOW SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND(A) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNES THE HEATER RELAYON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OFHEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 4 →GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT LOW SPEED.
* HIGH SPEED OPERATION
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO HI POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OFHEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL (A) 3 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL(A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE AT HIGH SPEED.
* MIDIUM SPEED OPERATION (OPERATION AT M1, M2)
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M1 POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 AND (A)5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → GROUND AND TURNS THE HEATER RELAY ON.
THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM THE HTR FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY TO FLOW TO TERMINAL 4 OFHEATER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 2 →TERMINAL (A) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (A) 6 → GROUND, CAUSING THE BLOWER MOTOR TO ROTATE ATMEDIUM LOW SPEED.
WHEN THE BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS MOVED TO M2 POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF HEATERRELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF BLOWER RESISTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (A) 2 OF BLOWER SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) →TERMINAL (A) 6 → GROUND.
THIS CURRENT FLOW FROM BLOWER MOTOR TO GROUND IS GREATER THAN AT M1 POSITION, SO THE BLOWER MOTOR ROTATESAT MEDIUM HIGH SPEED.
SYSTEM OUTLINE
183
3. OPERATION OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR∗ SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC
WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR.
WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE RECIRC SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF AIR INLET SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL (C) 1 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATESAND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THATPOSITION.
∗ SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH
WITH IGNITION SW ON, WHEN THE RECIRC/FRESH SW IS SWITCHED TO THE FRESH SIDE, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL4 OF AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL (C) 9 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND,THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE.
WHEN IT IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CURRENT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT THATPOSITION.
4. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORWITH IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 6 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVOMOTOR → TERMINAL 7 → GROUND, AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE POSITION OF THE MODE SELECTION SW OF THE CONTROLASSEMBLY SW.
WHEN THE MODE SELECTION SW OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY IS MOVED TO DEF POSITION WITH THE DAMPER IN THE FACEPOSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 14 OF A/CCONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (C) 15 → GROUND.
AS A RESULT, THE SERVO MOTOR OPERATES UNIT THE DAMPER REACHES DEF POSITION.
FOOT/DEF POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 5 OF A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY.
FOOT POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 4 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
BI–LEVEL POSITION: THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF SERVO MOTOR TO TERMINAL (C) 13 OF CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
5. AIR CONDITIONER OPERATIONTHE A/C AMPLIFIER RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNALS, THE ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, OUTLET TEMPERATURESIGNAL FROM THE A/C THERMISTOR AND CURRENT TEMPARATURE FROM THE WATER TEMP. SW, ETC.
WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED AND THE A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/CFUSE TO TERMINAL (B) 5 OF A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL (B) 6 → TERMINAL 11 OF A/C AMPLIFIER.
AT THIS TIME, THE A/C AMPLIFIER IS ACTIVATED AND CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 15 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 →GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY TO TURN ON, SO CURRENT APPLIED TO TERMINAL 2 OF A/CMAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF A/C MAGNETICCLUTCH → GROUND, CAUSING THE A/C COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE.
WITH THE ACTIVATION OF A/C AMPLIFIER, CURRENT APPLIED FROM A/C FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) FLOWSFROM TERMINAL 1 OF VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) → TERMINAL 14 OF A/C AMPLIFIER → TERMINAL 6 → GROUND, AND TURNS ON THEVSV TO AVOID LOWERING THE ENGINE SPEED DURING AIR CONDITIONER OPERATION.
WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER, THE AMPLIFIER OPERATES TO TURN OFF THE AIRCONDITIONER.
∗ THE ENGINE SPEED DECREASES. (3S–GTE)
∗ COOLANT TEMP. SIGNAL IS HIGH.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE TEMPERATURE AT THE AIR OUTLET IS LOW.
∗ A SIGNAL THAT THE REFRIGERANT PRESSURE IS ABNORMALLY HIGH OR LOW.
10 9AM2 IG2
ST2II3
13
5
5
5
7. 5AAM2
5
5
40A
HT
R
5
5 55
5 5
30A
RD
IFA
N
30A
CD
SF
AN
5
M
1
2
5
W
W–B
W–R
5 5
5 5
5
5 5
55
5 5
5 5
I10 II2
2
D 3DIODE (FOR A/C SYSTEM)
B 4
II37II45
(USA)(CANADA)
B 3
M
1
2
BE
B 3
FANMAINRELAY
FANRELAYNO. 1
FANRELAYNO. 2
FANRELAYNO. 3
BATTERY
5
120A
ALT
10
2
3 2
4 3
1
3 1
3 2
3
2
2
5 1 2 4 23
5
4
1
5 1
8 4 7
1
W–B
B
G
W–B
B–O
W
B–O
B–O B–OB–O
W–B
B–O
W
L–R
L–R
B–R
W WB
W
W–B
L–W
W–B
B
B–O
W–R
L–R
L–R B B B
B–O
W
W–B
W–B
B
L–R
A/CCONDENSERFAN MOTOR
RADIATORFAN MOTOR
B–R
IGNITION SWI11
A25 R 5
IH1
5
II2
4L L G
W–B
FL MAIN2. 0L
B B
W–B
184
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
185
5 5
55
2
1
SHORT PIN(W/O A/C)
A/C HIGHPRESSURE SW(W/ A/C)
IH19
II219
IH14
II21
1
2
II220
IH110
5
HEATERRELAY
5
5
2
1
I11
I17
IH1
14
A/C DUALPRESSURE SW
A13
I17
4
IH112
L
L–W
IH1
6
IE4
10B B
B
FROMIGNITER
IE116
1
E 3
EA316
L–R
L–R
II2
21
II3
12
II2
24
II223
IH1
2
10AA/C
B
B
W–B
G
R
R
B
A26 A26
R
R–
L
B
2 4 3
1 5
2
1
P–G L
R–L
P–G
L
L–R
Y–L
B–W
Y–L
L
P–G
R–L
B–W
B–
W
B–
WB
–WY–L
Y–L
B–
W
L–O
Y–LW
–RY
L
W–BRR
W–RY
Y
W–R
R R Y–L
L–R
L
L–R
Y–L
(W/O
A/C
)( W
/OA
/C)
( W/
A/C
)( W
/A
/C)
A14A/C THERMISTOR
(W/ A/C)
43
1
21
2
15389181
512 16
A/C AMPLIFIERA 9
3
W–B
W–
B
Y
Y
(W/O A/C)
A3
A/C
MA
GN
ET
ICC
LUT
CH
TE SG1 IGN
WRS TW SG2 WRP PRS MGC
1
2
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SE
NS
OR
( W/
A/C
)
WA
TE
RT
EM
P.
SW
( FO
RR
AD
IAT
OR
FA
N,
W/O
A/C
)
W3
W3
Y
W–R
A/C
MA
GN
ET
ICC
LUT
CH
RE
LAY
A15
( 3S
–GT
E)
D
12
3D
10J/B NO. 3
3
A
B
(3S–GTE)
(5S–FE A/T)
IE4
5
EA3
10
1
2
EA39
IE46
IH17
IH1
16
IH1
8
PC
ME
( EN
GIN
EO
RE
NG
INE
AN
DE
CT
EC
U)
BI IC
B23JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
I17
I11
10
8
IH117
2 14 6 11
BR
BR
–B
B–W
B–W
BR
–B
BR
–BB
R–B
W–B P
R–L
P–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
P
L
L–R
W–B
W–B
R–L
P–G
L
L–R
Y–L
B–W
W–B
W–B
Y W–B
W–B
E6
,E
6,
E6
J 3
Y–L Y–L
W–B
W–
B
1 2
A/C AMPLIFIERA 9
AB
C
R–L
7
R–L
R–L
ACA
AC
IH13
P
IH111
Y
(W/O A/C)
I 6
BG
W–B
IH119
IE42
B21
IH115
10
P–G
IE38
P–
GP
–G
ACT
BM16BM216
C6 C3 (5S–FE M/T)
(A/T)(M/T)
ACT AC1 VSV IG GND A/C
W
W–B
( A/T
)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
BW
–BW
–B
( A/T
)
( M/T
)( 5
S–F
E,
M/T
)
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
(*1)
VS
V( F
OR
A/C
IDLE
–UP
SY
ST
EM
)( 3
S–G
TE
)
V3
W–
B
17
SELECT
BR
–W
186
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
187
* 1 : (1) CANADA(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
OFF LO M1 M2 HI
A A A A A A
I11
M
2
1
BLOWERMOTOR
BLOWERRESISTOR
B B B B
I 8
6 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 3 2
R–L
P–G
W–B
W–B
W–B
W
P
L
L–R
W–B
W–B
R–L
P–G
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
L–W
L–R
L
L–W L–
Y
L–B
L–W
L–B
L–R P
G
W
L–W
B 3
B 2
A/C
4
2 13
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
(*1)
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A10 , A11 , A12C A B
R–L R–L
L–O
G–
W
( US
A)
( CA
NA
DA
)
FR
OM
TA
ILLI
GH
TR
EL
AY
FR
OM
PA
NE
LR
ELA
Y
L–W
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
(* 1)
188
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF
C C C C C C12 13 4 5 14 3 10
R–L
P–G
L–W
W–B
W–B
W–B
1
R–L
R–L
P–G
L–W
BR–W
L–O
L–Y
BR–B
Y
R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–L
(EX. *1)
(EX. *1)
(*1)
(EX. *1)
R–L
111
G–W
Y
BR
–B
L–Y
L–O
BR
–W
7. 5AGAUGE
JUNCTION CONNECTORJ 1
C
R–L
R–L
R–L
R–
L
FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 48)
1
2
(EX. * 1)
(EX. * 1)
(*1)
B
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A10 , A11 , A12C A
(CA
NA
DA
)
G
( US
A)
FROM TAILLIGHT RELAY (USA)FROM PANEL RELAY (CANADA)
( *1)
R–
L
3C3C
87
3D9 3C2
3A
9
(M/T)(A/T)
J/BNO. 3
3D8
AC B
DE
F
FO
OT
/DE
F
FO
OT
BI–
LEV
EL
FA
CE
M
1
2
3
4
5
7
6
FRESHRECIRC
DEFOGGER
C C CC 151119
A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY
A10 , 11 , A12A
W–BW
–B
11
10P–G
L–W
BR–W
L–O
L–Y
BR–B
Y
R–L
W–B
W–B
W–B
R–L
W–B
W–B
R–L
Y
BR–B
L–Y
L–O
BR–W
L–W
P–G
M
FRESH RECIRC
AIR INLET SERVO MOTORA17
3
1
4
4 15
G
L
R–L
R–L
(* 1)
(EX. * 1)
W–B
R–Y
( *1)
16
G L
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR
J 1
AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTORA18
R–L
(EX. *1)
(*1)
I¥C
( EX
.* 1
)
(* 1)
(*1)
189
* 1 : (1) CANADA(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH CRUISE CONTROL, ABS, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
190
RADIATOR FAN AND AIR CONDITIONER
A14 A/C THERMISTOR3–4 : APPROX. 4852 AT 0°C (32°F)
APPROX. 2341 AT 15°C (59°F)APPROX. 1500 AT 25°C (77°F)
A13 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW1–2 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE LESS THAN 206 KPA (30 PSI, 2.1 KG/CM2) OR ABOVE 2648 KPA (384 PSI, 27 KG/CM2)
W 3 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR RADIATOR FAN)1–2 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 90°C (194°F)
CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 83°C (184.4°F)B 3 BLOWER RESISTOR
1–3 : APPROX. 0.45 3–2 : APPROX. 0.78 2–4 : APPROX. 0.91
A 9 A/C AMPLIFIER 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON 6–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY18–9 : CONTINUITY WITH WATER TEMP. SW CLOSED [BELOW APPROX. 83°C (181.4°F)] 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING11–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND A/C SW (A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY) ON
A17 AIR INLET SERVO MOTOR4–3 : CLOSED WITH AIR INLET DAMPER AT RECIRC POSITION4–1 : CLOSED WITH AIR INLET DAMPER AT FRESH POSITION
: PARTS LOCATIONCODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
A 3 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE) A17 26E 6
B 24 (5S–FE)
A 9 26 A18 26E 6
C 24 (5S–FE)
A10 C 26 A25 27 I11 26
A11 A 26 A26 27 J 1 26
A12 B 26 B 2 26 J 3 26
A13 26 B 3 26 R 5 27
A14 26 D 3 26 V 3 24 (5S–FE), 25 (3S–GTE)
A15 26 E 6 A 25 (3S–GTE) W 3 27
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3C 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)3D
22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESSCODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
IE132 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE432 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II334 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
II434 COWL WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM136 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
SERVICE HINTS
191
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI11 34 COWL WIRE
E 330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIREI17 34 A/C SUB WIRE
I 6 B 336 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 8 34 COWL WIRE B 436 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I10 B23 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
192
GROUND POINT * 1 : W/ EHPS, W/ FOG LIGHT USA
ABS ACTUATOR
BRAKE FLUID LEVELSW
FRONT LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT DOORCOURTESY SW
POWER STEERINGECU (USA)
POWER STEERINGRELAY (USA)
POWER STEERING PUMPWITH MOTOR (USA)
RETRACT MOTOR LH
FRONT TURN SIGNALAND CLEARANCELIGHT LH
FOG LIGHT LH
FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT LH
RETRACT CONTROLRELAY
RADIATOR FAN MOTOR
FRONT SIDE MARKERLIGHT RH
FRONT TURN SIGNALAND CLEARANCELIGHT RH
RETRACT MOTOR RH
FAN RELAY NO. 2
FRONT LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT DOORCOURTESY SW(W/ SEQURITY)
HEATER RELAY
FAN MAIN RELAY
FAN RELAY NO. 3
POWER STEERINGDRIVER
B13
B11
B 7
B12
B12
B11
B 6
B 7
B 5B 4
B 3
B 5
B 6
B 2
B 3
B 5
B 3 5
5
5
5
BF BE
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
B
W–
BW
–B
W–
BW
–B
W–B
W–
B
W–B
W–
B
W–B (E)
(–S)
(W/O EHPS)
( W/O
EH
PS
)( W
/OE
HP
S)
( W/O
EH
PS
)( W
/OE
HP
S)
W–B
(W/ EHPS)
(W/O EHPS)
(W/ EHPS)
(W/O EHPS)
( W/
EH
PS
)
(W/O EHPS)
(* 1)
( *1)
( *1)
W–
B
(* 1)
(W/O EHPS)
W–B
( *1)
W–B
B 3W–B
B16FOG LIGHT RH
B 3W
–B
W–B
(*1)
(* 1)
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
PCME (ENGINE ECU)(M/T)(ENGINE ANDECT ECU)
(A/T)
HO2S(OXYGEN SENSOR)
DLC(CHECK CONNECTOR)(E1)
DLC(CHECK CONNECTOR)(E1)
COMBINATION METER(ET)
ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT LH
STARTER RELAY
LICENCE PLATE LIGHT
HIGH MOUNT STOPLIGHT
CIRCUIT OPENINGRELAY
COMBINATION METER(ET)
ENGINE HOODCOURTESY SW
NOISE FILTER(FOR IGNITIONSYSTEM)
ENGINE OIL LEVELSENSOR
REAR LUGGAGECOMPARTMENT KEYUNLOCK SW
EA3
3
IE1
7
E15
E10
E23
E11
E16
E18
E23
E17
E23
B28
B28
B25
B28
B23
B26
EA
EFI MAIN RELAY
BG BH
2
2
2
(E01)
(E02)
(E1)
AUTO ANTENNA CONTROLRELAY AND MOTOR
COOLING FAN ECU(FOR ENGINECOMPARTMENT)
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
BR
W–B W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–
BW
–BW
–BW
–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
BR
W–B
W–B
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
(3S–GTE)
W–B
REAR COMBINATIONLIGHT RH
OXYGEN SENSOR(SUB)
SPEED SENSOR(FOR ECT SYSTEM)
BR
BR
(3S–GTE)
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER (–)
BI
B
(5S–FE)
IE1
7
EA3
3
W–B
W–B
(5S–FE)
(5S–FE)
W–B
(5S–FE)
W–B
W–B
BN1
3W–B
E16
BR
(3S–GTE)
(A/T)
(5S–FE)
EC1
2
(3S–GTE)
W–B
A/C AMPLIFIER
IGNITION MAINRELAY
(–S)
(E) 2
W–B
EA1
7
IE4
2
IH1
19BR–W W–BB23
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B B
W–B
W–B
193
COMBINATION SW
COMBINATION SW (ED)
POWER WINDOW MASTERSW AND DOOR LOCKCONTROL SW LH
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW LH
DOOR KEY CYLINDERLIGHT AND OUTSIDEHANDLE SW
REMOTE CONTROLMIRROR SW
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E2)
REAR WOOFERAMPLIFIER LH
STEREO COMPONENTAMPLIFIER
DEFOGGER RELAY
TURN SIGNAL FLASHER
IGNITION SW ANDUNLOCK WARNING SW
BUCKLE SW
SEAT BELT WARNINGRELAY
COMBINATION METER(EP)
COMBINATION SW(EL)
CLOCK
THEFT DETERRENTECU
CRUISE CONTROLACTUATOR
RHEOSTAT
FOG LIGHT SW
IGNITION KEYCYLINDER LIGHT
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
B19
B18
B18
B18
B18
B22
I 2
I 2
I 2
B 9
I11
I10
1
IK1
10
(EX. *1)
IC
IB
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
136
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
JUNCTIONCONNECTOR(FOR EARTH)
J 3
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
B18
W–B
OUTSIDE HANDLESW
W–B
(EX. *1)
ABS ECU
Y
W–B
W–B
REAR WOOFERAMPLIFIER RH
BR
KEY INTERLOCKSOLENOID
I 3
I11
I11
IH1
19
I10
I18
IH1
8
I17
CIGARETTE LIGHTERW–B
I 9
I10
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR–W
W–BW–BW–BW–B
W–B
W–B
(*1)
W–B
COMBINATION SW(GND)
O/D MAIN SW
A/T INDICATORLIGHT
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
A/C AMPLIFIER
INTERIOR LIGHTCONTROL RELAY
W–B
W–B
W–B
(EX. *1)
I17
W–B
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A/C AMPLIFIER
WATER TEMP. SW(FOR RADIATOR FAN)
W–B
W–B
BR
BR
(W/ A/C)
2
(EX. *1)
64
(CANADA)(USA)
4
BLOWER RESISTOR
I 6
(CANADA)(USA)
W–B
(*2)
RADIO AND PLAYER
W–B
W–B
IH1
16
II2
1
IH1
4W–B YW–B
W–B
W–B
(W/O A/C)
W
IF110
BR
(*3)
(*1)
3D
11
3C
11
3C
10
3B
9
3B
8
3B
7
3A
7
3A
6
3D
12
3D
10
J/BNO. 3
194
GROUND POINT
CRUISE CONTROLCLUTCH SW
DOOR LOCK ECU
COMBINATION SW
AIR VENT MODECONTROL SERVO MOTOR
A/C CONTROLASSEMBLY
RHEOSTAT
CLOCK
POWER MAIN RELAY
FUEL PUMP
DOOR KEY CYLINDERLIGHT AND OUTSIDEHANDLE SW
DOOR LOCK KEY LOCKAND UNLOCK SW RH
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH
CENTER AIRBAGSENSOR ASSEMBLY(E1)
COMBINATION METER(ES)
FUEL SENDER
DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
DOOR LOCK CONTROL SWRH
I10
B15
B15
B15
I 4
B15
IJ1
10
I11
ID
4
6
7
15
16
17
18
19W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BRBR
W–BW–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
BR
W–B
W–B
JUN
CT
ION
CO
NN
EC
TOR
J1
(*1)
(*1)
(W/O THEFT DETERRENT)
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
(W/ THEFT DETERRENT)
SHIFT LOCK ECUW–B
EA1
11
IE3
2
BM1
4
I 8
CRUISE CONTROL ECUI 5
STARTER RELAY
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B
W–B W–B
W–B W–B
W–B
W–B
5(A/T) (M/T)
(EX. *1)(USA)
(* 1)
14
W–B W–B
(USA)
(CANADA)
I10VSPG(SPEED SENSOR) BM1
3
BM2
8
EA1
1 BRBRBR
W–B
(A/T) (M/T)
(M/T)
(A/T)
(*1)
BR
(CANADA)
(*1)
(*1)
(*1)
195
*1 : (1) CANADA(2) USA (A/T)(3) USA (M/T) WITH ABS, CRUISE CONTROL, POWER WINDOW OR WOOFER SPEAKER
*2 : W/ WOOFER SPEAKER*3 : W/O WOOFER SPEAKER
196
GROUND POINT
: PARTS LOCATION
CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE
J 1 26 J 3 26
: RELAY BLOCKS
CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION)
1 20 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL)
2 21 R/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
5 21 R/B NO. 5 (FRONT LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT RIGHT)
: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR
CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
3A
3B22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3C22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER)
3D
: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS
CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION)
EA128 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)EA130 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (REAR LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT)
EA328 (5S–FE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO 2 INNER)EA330 (3S–GTE)
ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (R/B NO. 2 INNER)
EC1 28 (3S–GTE) ENGINE NO. 4 WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (NEAR THE INTAKE MANIFOLD)
IE132 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IE332 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IF1 32 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR LH WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL)
IH1 32 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT)
II2 34 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IJ1 34 COWL WIRE AND FRONT DOOR RH WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
IK1 34 FLOOR WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL)
BM136 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BM236 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
BN1 36 ROOF NO.3 WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (ROOM PARTITION BOARD LEFT)
: GROUND POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION
EA28 (5S–FE)
INTAKE MANIFOLDEA30 (3S–GTE)
INTAKE MANIFOLD
IB 32 LEFT KICK PANEL
IC 32 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH
ID 32 RIGHT KICK PANEL
BE 36 FRONT RIGHT FENDER
BF 36 FRONT LEFT FENDER
BG 36 UNDER THE LEFT CENTER PILLAR
BH 36 UNDER THE RIGHT REAR PILLAR
BI 36 BACK PANEL CENTER
197
: SPLICE POINTS
CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS
E 7 B 2
E10 B 3
E11 28 (5S–FE) B 436 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E15
28 (5S FE)
B 536 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
E16 ENGINE WIRE B 6
E17
ENGINE WIRE
B 7
E1830 (3S GTE)
B 9 36 FLOOR WIRE
E2130 (3S–GTE)
B11
E23 B12 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 2 B13
36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 3 B15 36 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE
I 4 B16 36 LUGGAGE ROOM WIRE
I 5 B1836 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 6 34 COWL WIRE B1936 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE
I 8
34 COWL WIRE
B22 36 COWL WIRE
I 9 B23
I10 B25
I11 B26 36 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE
I17 34 A/C SUB WIRE B27
I18 34 COWL WIRE B28